LONDON MATHEMATICAL SOCIETY LECTURE NOTE SERIES Managing Editor: Professor J.W.S. Cassels, Department of Pure Mathematics and Mathematical Statistics, University of Cambridge, 16 Mill Lane, Cambridge CB2 1SB, England The books in the series listed below are available from booksellers, or, in case of difficulty, from Cambridge University Press. 4 17 27 34 36 39 40
Algebraic topology, J.F. ADAMS Differential germs and catastrophes, Th. BROCKER & L. LANDER Skew field constructions, P.M. COHN Representation theory of Lie groups, M.F. ATIYAH et al Homological group theory, C.T.C. WALL (ed) Affine sets and affine groups, D.G. NORTHCOTT Introduction to H p spaces, P.J. KOOSIS
42 43 45 46 49
Topics in the theory of group presentations, D.L. JOHNSON Graphs, codes and designs, PJ. CAMERON & J.H. VAN LINT Recursion theory: its generalisations and applications, F.R. DRAKE & S.S. WAINER (eds) p-adic analysis: a short course on recent work, N. KOBLITZ Finite geometries and designs, P. CAMERON, J.W.P. fflRSCHFELD & D.R. HUGHES (eds) Commutator calculus and groups of homotopy classes, HJ. BAUES Synthetic differential geometry, A.KOCK Markov processes and related problems of analysis, E.B. DYNKIN Techniques of geometric topology, R.A. FENN Singularities of smooth functions and maps, J.A. MARTINET Applicable differential geometry, M. CRAMPIN & F.A.E. PIRANI Integrable systems, S.P. NOVIKOV et al Economics for mathematicians, J.W.S. CASSELS Several complex variables and complex manifolds I, MJ. FIELD Several complex variables and complex manifolds n, M J. FIELD Complex algebraic surfaces, A. BEAUVILLE Representation theory, I.M. GELFAND et al Symmetric designs: an algebraic approach, E.S. LANDER Spectral theory of linear differential operators and comparison algebras, H.O. CORDES Isolated singular points on complete intersections, E J.N. LOOIJENGA A primer on Riemann surfaces, A.F.BEARDON Probability, statistics and analysis, J.F.C. KINGMAN & G.E.H. REUTER (eds) Introduction to the representation theory of compact and locally compact groups, A. ROBERT Skew fields, P.K.DRAXL Surveys in combinatorics, E.K. LLOYD (ed) Homogeneous structures on Riemannian manifolds, F. TRICERRI & L. VANHECKE Finite group algebras and their modules, P.LANDROCK Solitons, P.G.DRAZIN Topological topics, I.M. JAMES (ed) Surveys in set theory, A.R.D. MATHIAS (ed) FPF ring theory, C. FAITH & S. PAGE An F-space sampler, NJ. KALTON, N.T. PECK & J.W. ROBERTS Polytopes and symmetry, S.A.ROBERTSON Classgroups of group rings, MJ. TAYLOR Representation of rings over skew fields, A.H. SCHOFIELD Aspects of topology, I.M. JAMES & E.H. KRONHEIMER (eds) Representations of general linear groups, G.D. JAMES Low-dimensional topology 1982, R.A.FENN(ed)
50 51 54 57 58 59 60 62 65 66 68 69 74 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
96 97 98 99 100 101 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142
Diophantine equations over function fields, R.C. MASON Varieties of constructive mathematics, D.S. BRIDGES & F. RICHMAN Localization in Noetherian rings, A.V. JATEGAONKAR Methods of differential geometry in algebraic topology, M. KAROUBI & C. LERUSTE Stopping time techniques for analysts and probabilists, L. EGGHE Groups and geometry, ROGER C. LYNDON Surveys in combinatorics 1985, I. ANDERSON (ed) Elliptic structures on 3-manifolds, C.B. THOMAS A local spectral theory for closed operators, I. ERDELYI & WANG SHENGWANG Syzygies, E.G. EVANS & P. GRIFFITH Compactification of Siegel moduli schemes, C-L. CHAI Some topics in graph theory, H.P. YAP Diophantine Analysis, J. LOXTON & A. VAN DER POORTEN (eds) An introduction to surreal numbers, H. GONSHOR Analytical and geometric aspects of hyperbolic space, D.B.A.EPSTEIN (ed) Low-dimensional topology and Kleinian groups, D.B.A. EPSTEIN (ed) Lectures on the asymptotic theory of ideals, D. REES Lectures on Bochner-Riesz means, K.M. DAVIS & Y-C. CHANG An introduction to independence for analysts, H.G. DALES & W.H. WOODIN Representations of algebras, PJ.WEBB(ed) Homotopy theory, E. REES & J.D.S. JONES (eds) Skew linear groups, M. SHIRVANI & B. WEHRFRTTZ Triangulated categories in the representation theory of finite-dimensional algebras, D. HAPPEL Lectures on Fermat varieties, T. SHIODA Proceedings of Groups - St Andrews 1985, E. ROBERTSON & C. CAMPBELL (eds) Non-classical continuum mechanics, RJ. KNOPS & A.A. LACEY (eds) Surveys in combinatorics 1987, C. WHTTEHEAD (ed) Lie groupoids and Lie algebroids in differential geometry, K. MACKENZIE Commutator theory for congruence modular varieties, R. FREESE & R. MCKENZIE Van der Corput's method for exponential sums, S.W. GRAHAM & G. KOLESNDC New directions in dynamical systems, TJ. BEDFORD & J.W. SWIFT (eds) Descriptive set theory and the structure of sets of uniqueness, A.S. KECHRIS & A. LOUVEAU The subgroup structure of the finite classical groups, P.B. KLEIDMAN & M.W.LIEBECK Model theory and modules, M. PREST Algebraic, extremal & metric combinatorics, M-M. DEZA, P. FRANKL & I.G. ROSENBERG (eds) Whitehead groups of finite groups, ROBERT OLIVER Linear algebraic monoids, MOHAN S. PUTCHA Number theory and dynamical systems, M. DODSON & J. VICKERS (eds) Operator algebras and applications, 1, D. EVANS & M. TAKESAKI (eds) Operator algebras and applications, 2, D. EVANS & M. TAKESAKI (eds) Analysis at Urbana, I, E. BERKSON, T. PECK, & J. UHL (eds) Analysis at Urbana, H, E. BERKSON, T. PECK, & J. UHL (eds) Advances in homotopy theory, B. STEER & W. SUTHERLAND (eds) Geometric aspects of Banach spaces E.MPEINADOR and A.R USAN(eds) Surveys in combinatorics 1989, J. SIEMONS (ed) The geometry of jet bundles, D J. S AUNDERS
London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series. 140
Geometric Aspects of Banach Spaces Essays in honour of Antonio Plans Edited by E.Martin-Peinador, Facultad de Ciencias Matematicas, Universidad Complutense Madrid and A.Rodes, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad de Zaragoza
The right of the University of Cambridge to print and sell all manner of books was granted by Henry VIII in 1534. The University has printed and published continuously since 1584.
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS Cambridge New York Port Chester Melbourne
Sydney
CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS Cambridge, New York, Melbourne, Madrid, Cape Town, Singapore, Sao Paulo Cambridge University Press The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge CB2 8RU, UK Published in the United States of America by Cambridge University Press, New York www.cambridge.org Information on this title: www.cambridge.org/9780521367523 © Cambridge University Press 1989 This publication is in copyright. Subject to statutory exception and to the provisions of relevant collective licensing agreements, no reproduction of any part may take place without the written permission of Cambridge University Press. First published 1989 Re-issued in this digitally printed version 2007 A catalogue record for this publication is available from the British Library ISBN 978-0-521-36752-3 paperback
CONTENTS.
Antonio Plans: a biographical outline. Martin-Peinador, E.
1
Infinite dimensional geometric moduli and type-cotype theory. Milman, V. and Perelson, A.
11
Hilbert space revisited Retherford, J.R.
40
Particular M-basic sequences in Banach spaces. Terenzi, P.
54
Behaviour of semi-Fredholm operators on a Hilbert cube. Rodes, A.A.
73
Operators from H into a Banach space and vector valued measures. Blasco, 0.
87
Operators on vector sequence spaces. Bombal, F.
94
On the duality problem for entropy numbers. Konig, H.
107
Mixed summing norms and finite dimensional Lorentz spaces. Jameson, G.J.O.
112
On the extension of 2-polynomials in normed linear spaces Benitez, C. and Otero, M. C.
125
On some operator ideals defined by approximation numbers. Cobos, F. and Resina, I.
133
Some remarks on the compact non-nuclear operator problem. John, K.
140
On some properties of A # , L /H
145
as Banach Algebras.
Candeal, J.C. Gale, J.E. On factorization of operators. Gonzalez, M. and Onieva, V.M. Some properties of Banach spaces Z**/Z Valdivia, M.
159
169
This book has been supported by the University of Zaragoza. We are indebted to its rector, Professor Camarena, for his encouragement. We would like to mention here Victor Onieva, one of the first students of Professor
Plans, who recently
died,
as
this book
was
in
preparation. His hard work and tremendous strength in the dayly struggle with his weak health will undoubtfully be rewarded as he deserved. Thanks are due also to Pedro Ortega for his careful typing of the book.
ANTONIO PLANS: A BIOGRAPHICAL OUTLINE The collection of papers contained in this book is intended to be a warm homage to Antonio Plans, on the occasion of his 65 th. birthday, which at present
in Spain marks the point of retirement
from academic
undergraduate teaching. We have chosen the topic of Banach Spaces since
it has been the
center of his Mathematical interests for the last few years. The papers included have been written by friends, or students of Professor Plans, or by a few of the mathematicians
who have been
in touch with him
for
scientific reasons. We feel sorry to restrict ourselves to Just one topic, since there are many colleagues who, for sure, would have liked to write something for this event. As a matter of fact Professor Plans is widely known by his results on Knot Theory, a field he worked on at the beginning of his research career, and an active field of research today. We now briefly sketch Professor Plans' personality and Mathematical work. The latter will necessarily be incomplete since at this very moment he is vigorously active and producing new results. For example, he is at present giving advice to four students for their doctoral dissertations. Born in Madrid, he was the sixth of seven children. He was brought up in the cheerful atmosphere that characterizes such large families. Soon after there came harder times; the social environment of his country was full of tension, the religious persecution started, and the growing insecurity and anxiety ended up in the civil war (1936-39). In fact, the Jesuit school he attended in Madrid was burnt down after taking the children out of their classrooms
in May
1931 one month after the
proclamation of the Republic. His father died in 1934 and during the war the family lost their house and their material belongings. So, when he started college at the University of Barcelona he had to find part-time Jobs to contribute to the family income. Among them, he cooperated in the "Seminario Matematico" conducted by Orts Aracil, and tutored at a private Engineering school
designed
to complement
the curriculum
taught
at the
public university. He graduated as a Mathematician in the University of Madrid where he had been in his last year of college. In his family there had been already
2 a
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans long tradition of university professors; his grandfather had been a
professor at the University of Barcelona and later on he had been among the founders of the school of Pharmacy at the University of Santiago de Compostela. His father, a talented man who died in his early fifties, held a chair of
Physics at the University of Madrid; at the same time he worked
intensively in the so-called "Laboratorio Matematico" of the "Junta para Ampliacion de Estudios". This was an organization created in order to push forward the impulse given by Rey Pastor to the Mathematical Sciences. He was also an active member of the
"Sociedad Matematica Espanola" and a
founder of the "Revista", a journal of those days. As I prepared these notes, trying to find out precise data of the Plans' family and their environment, there came to my hands a reprint of the homage paid to his
father, Jose Maria Plans, when he died. Reading it
I realized to what extent the same words of praise could have been said of Antonio Plans, and the great resemblance between father and son. After glossing
his
scientific
achievements,
his
contacts
with
Levi-Civita,
Einstein and many of the personalities of his time, and his influence in the scientific world, Puig Adam underlines heavily his modesty, his great concern for everybody, striving to make others shine, while he himself remained voluntarily in the background. As a summary he says that Jose Maria Plans was a wise man, a magister and a holy man, by his Christian virtues and his attitude towards life. Without doubt Antonio Plans has inherited the goodness and the sharp talent of his
father, together with the soft manners of his mother. He is
a brilliant mathematician and he is also a loyal friend. By his side everyone feels comfortable and self confident
because he always finds
one's virtues and reasons to be appreciated and
trusted. All who happen
to come in contact with him (administrative or maintenance staff members, students etc.) are not strangers to him; he knows their names, personal details, their needs..., and he always has an open smile
and friendly
attitude for everyone. He is also a very organized person, for whom all the
small
affairs
of
everyday
life
are
important
and
deserve
consideration. His professional activity has always been linked with teaching. Since 1957 he has held a chair at the University of Zaragoza. Two of his most outstanding features are his great enthusiasm for, and the attention paid
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans
3
to his students. He has devoted a great deal of his life time to his undergraduate students, for whom his unlimited patience, his concern to make the hard matters easy, his clear and neat exposition in lectures, and the personal
communication he established whatsoever
the
circumstances
-overcrowded lessons, for instance- were well known. This is even more the case with his postgraduate students. He has generously given up his time, encouraging them to go further and beyond in their work. He helps out to unthinkable limits. One of them said, in front of
a tribunal of mathematicians judging his examination to become a
regular
professor
"I owe him what
I am now".
This opinion could
be
suscribed, I think, by all of us, his students. We give now a brief account of the ideas underlying or giving rise to his mathematical work, and the list of his publications to date. From now on
all
citations
are
referred
completeness due to a) the many
to
the
latter.
We
do
not
attempt
items he has dealt with, and b) the
intensive work he is developing at present in quite a number of projects. It is very remarkable how Geometry has been his leading line; in fact he has an special
ability to focus items from a geometrical point of
view. The existence of a regular basis
(also called strong M-basis) in
every separable Banach space is an open question which has motivated some of his research. A fundamental sequence (x ) in a Banach space B is a n * regular basis if there exists a total sequence of functionals (f ) c B n
such that (x ,f ) is a biorthogonal system and for every subsequence (n ) c IN, [f
n
n
] , = [x ] . .. , ,
nk -1-
j je(N-(nk)
([
] stands for closed linear hull
k
and -L for
orthogonal). Regular bases are more general than Schauder bases, and are among M-bases, which are known to exist in every separable Banach space. Papers in this line are: (1983 a ) , (1985), (1987 b & c), (1988) and the doctoral dissertation advised [8]. An idea of his is the so called "linear simplification" which roughly speaking
consists
of
searching
a
"good"
subsequence
out
of
a
given
sequence. This "goodness" means amongst other things, that it must have the same closed linear span as the given one, and have some other property such as being minimal, or M-basis, or regular basis, etc. The doctoral dissertations [4] and [12] deal with it, and also (1968 a) , (1969 b ) , (1976), (1987 b & c).
4
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans An auxiliary tool developed by him with one of his students, Andres
Reyes,
was
the
lattice
properties
of
closed
linear
spans
of
the
subsequences of a given sequence, as is reflected in [8] and (1969 a ) , (1976), (1981), (1983 a ) , (1983 b). It seems appropriate here to make an special mention of
Andres Reyes, a gifted student of Plans
who died
prematurely in a car accident, and whose memory is very beloved to Antonio Plans and to all the members of the Department. The linear operators acting on
a Hilbert Space have been
studied by
A. Plans from different points of view. In relation with summ,ability he has advised the doctoral dissertations [5] and [9] and the c, d & e) also deal with it. The papers
papers (1975
(1977 a & b ) , (1986 a) are
concerned with properties of the images of orthonormal bases. Another item studied by him are those operators A which admit a representation given by A=AU+C, with A € C, U and C unitary and compact operators respectively. He relates them to the hypervolume of a sequence, defined by him, and with Bari systems of vectors and rays. In this line he has advised [3] and [7] and written the papers (1964 a ) , (1965 b ) , (1966),
(1967 b ) , (1975 a ) ,
(1979 b ) , (1985 b ) , (1988 b). The idea of convergence has also played an important role in his research. Dealing particulary with it are (1959 c ) , (1964 a ) , (1967 c ) , (1973 b) and [6]. Some of his papers
are concerned with General Topology, Geometric
Algebra and Geometric Topology. In fact a well known result of Knot Theory is the so called Plans theorem, which refers to the homology groups of the branched cyclic coverings of a knot. At
present
he
is writing
lecture
notes
on
what
he
has
called
"Espacios de Apoyo". (Shuttle spaces, or Leaning spaces) which have their origin in an old result of Bertini in Projective n-dimensional Geometry. Before this he developed a theory of the
advising
of
[8]
and
"unit position", as is reflected in
[11], and
has
studied
properties
of
the
infinite-dimensional affine spaces as in [13] and (1987 a). Finally we mention that he is a member of the "Real Academia de Ciencias" of Madrid and of Zaragoza and that he has travelled and lectured in several
countries
of
Europe
in many
occasions.
Professor Emeritus at the University of Zaragoza.
Presently,
he
is
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans
Acknowledgements: I am indebted to Pedro Plans for a detailed conversation with him, before writing this article, to Jose Maria Montesinos, Enrique Outerelo, Esteban Indurain and David Tranah, for reading the article and making corrections on it.
References. Puig Adam, P.; Jose Maria Plans. Maestro. Las Ciencias, afto
II, n~ 2.
6
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans
PUBLICATIONS OF ANTONIO PLANS. (1946 a) Adriano Maria Legendre. Matematica Elemental. VI p. 1-3. (1946 b) Espacio de Hilbert de n dimensiones. Rev. Acad. Ciencias Madrid 40,
p. 1-70.
(1947) Espacio de Hilbert. Rev. Acad. Ciencias Madrid 41, p. 197-257. (1948) Operadores lineales en el espacio de Hilbert y su espectro. Rev. Acad. Ciencias Madrid 42, p. 309-391. (1949) with J. Teixidor. Conferencias sobre los operadores lineales en el espacio de Hilbert. Obras completas de Gaston Julia. IV. p. 479-530. (1952 a) Sobre la aproximacion dimensional en el espacio de Kuratowski, Rev. Acad. Ciencias Madrid, XLVI, p. 303-306. (1952 b) Algunas propiedades lineales de las matrices acotadas. Rev. Acad. Ciencias
Madrid XLVI, p. 273-302.
(1952 c) Ensayo de un algebra lineal infinita en el campo de las matrices acotadas. Coll. Math. V, p. 3-47. (1952 d) Una forma algebraica de la dimension de Urysohn en el espacio de Kuratowski. Rev. Acad. Ciencias Madrid VII, p. 47-50. (1952 e) Sobre los
invariantes metrico-afines de las formas cuadraticas.
Gaceta Matematica IV, 7 y 8 p. 248-253. (1953)
Aportacion
recubrimientos
al
estudio
de
los
grupos
de
homologia
de
los
ciclicos ramificados correspondientes a un nudo. Rev.
Acad. Ciencias Madrid XLVII, p. 161-193. (1956 a) Estudio sintetico del espacio proyectivo
de base no finita
numerable. Publicaciones C.S.I.C, p. 1-109. (1956
b)
Primeras
propiedades
de
las
hipercuadricas
en
el
espacio
proyectivo con base no finita numerable. Rev. Mat. Hisp.-Amer. 16, p. 11-27. (1957 a) Aportacion
a
la homotopia
de
sistemas
de
nudos.
Rev.
Mat.
Hisp.-Amer. 17, p. 1-14. (1957 b) Un sistema de axiomas para
el anillo de las matrices infinitas
acotadas reales. Coll. Math. 9, p. 35-40. (1957 c) Una estructura reticular del anillo de las matrices infinitas acotadas reales. Coll. Math. 9, p. 87-104. (1958)
El
Tiempo.
Actas
de
la
Filosofico-Cientifica, p. 133-150.
Primera
Reunion
de
Aproximacion
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans
7
(1959 a) Propiedades angulares de los sitemas heterogonales. Rev. Acad. Ciencias Zaragoza 14, p. 5-18. (1959
b)
El
Espacio.
Actas
de
la
Segunda
Reunion
de
Aproximacion
Filosofico-Cientifica, p. 132-138. (1959 c) Zerlegung von Folgen im Hilbertraum in Heterogonalsysteme. Arch. Math. 10, p. 304-306. (1961 a) Resultados acerca de una generalizaci6n de la semejanza en el espacio de Hilbert. Coll. Math. 13, p. 241-258. (1961 b) Propiedades angulares de
la convergencia en el
espacio
de
Hilbert. Rev. Mat. Hisp.-Amer. 21, p. 100-109. (1962)
Sobre
los
operadores
lineales
acotados
en
relaci6n
con
la
convergencia de variedades lineales. Coll. Math. 14, p. 269-274. (1963
a)
Los
operadores
acotados
en
relacibn
con
los
sistemas
asintoticamente ortogonales. Coll. Math. 14, p. 269-274. (1963 b) Momento actual
de
la
investigacibn
matematica.
Cuadernos
de
Ciencias. Universidad de Zarazoga I, 6. p. 3-11. (1964 a) Sobre la convergencia debil en el espacio de Hilbert. Rev. Acad. Ciencias Zaragoza 19, p. 69-73. (1964
c)
Sobre
una
caracterizacion
de
los
operadores
acotados
y
extensiones suyas, mediante sistemas heterogonales de rayos. Actas V. R. A.M. E. p. 99-102. (1965 a) Una
caracterizacion de los operadores
biunivocos de doble norma
finita. Actas de la IV R.A.M.E. p. 119-122. (1965 b) Sobre un determinante infinito
definido mediante un operador de
doble norma finita. Actas de la IV R.A.M.E. p. 123-129. (1966) Sobre la operadores
representacion de un operador isometricos
y
completamente
lineal acotado mediante continuos.
Rev.
Mat.
Hisp.-Amer. 26, p. 202-206. (1967 a) Sobre la continuidad uniforme angular de los operadores lineales acotados biunivocos. Actas VI R.A.M.E. p. 76-80. (1967 b) Nuevos resultados
sobre una generalizacion de la semejanza en el
espacio de Hilbert. Actas de la
VI R.A.M.E. p. 81-83.
(1967 c) Sobre el conjunto de los rayos del espacio de Hilbert. Cuadernos de Ciencias, Universidad de Zaragoza 19, p. 5-11. (1968 a) Simplificacion
lineal en el espacio
Hisp.-Amer. 28 p. 196-199.
de Hilbert. Rev. Mat.
8
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans
(1968 b) Notas sobre la compacidad de los rayos del espacio de Hilbert. Actas de la IX R.A.M.E. p. 166-170. (1969 a) Dependencias lineales en el espacio de Hilbert. Pub. Sem. Mat. Garcia de Galdeano 10, p. 153-161. (1969 b) Extensi6n de la dependencia lineal en el espacio
de Hilbert.
Actas de la VIII R. A.M.E. p. 90-92. (1969 c) Espacio de Hilbert. Rev. Acad. Ciencias de Zaragoza. p. 1-40. (1971) La topologia debil del conjunto
de
los rayos del
espacio de
Hilbert, definida mediante hiperplanos. Rev. Acad. Ciencias Zaragoza 26, 3 p. 525-528. (1972) Definicion de una topologia en el conjunto de
los
rayos del
espacio de Hilbert. Actas X R.A.M.E. p. 123-129. (1973 a) Una base de
la topologia debil en el conjunto de rayos del
espacios de Hilbert, definida mediante hiperplanos. Actas de la XI R. A.M. E. p. 146-154. (1973 b) Sobre
los sistemas
p-heterogonales.
Actas
I
Jornadas Mat.
Hisp.-Lusas. p. 270. (1975 a) Caracterizacion
de
los operadores
lineales
biunivocos
en el
espacio de Hilbert, que intercambian sistemas completos de rayos de Bari. Rev. Mat. Hisp.-Amer. 5, p. 158-166. (1975 b) A generalization of heterogonal systems. Arch. Math. 26, 4, p. 398-401. (1975 c) Sobre la sumabilidad en norma en bases debiles en el Hilbert,
mediante
operadores
acotados.
Actas
I
Sem
espacio de Math.
Fr anco-Es pagno1e. (1975 d) Transformacion
de sistemas heterogonales completos de rayos
mediante operadores de Hilbert-Schmidt y nucleares. Actas I Sem. Math. Franco-Espagnole. (1975 e) with Burillo, P. Operadores nucleares y sumabilidad en bases ortonormales. Actas I Sem Math. Franco-Espagnole. (1976) Sistemas de
vectores con nucleo nulo en el espacio de Hilbert.
Actas de la XII R.A.M.E. p. 145-150. (1977 a) Imagen de un sistema ortogonal completo
de rayos por un operador
lineal acotado. Coll. Math. 28, 3, p. 177-183. (1977 b) Una caracterizacion de
los operadores completamente
continuos
mediante sistemas ortonormales. Actas IV Jornadas Mat. Hisp.-Lusas p. 359-363.
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans
9
(1979 a) Heterogonal systems of subspaces. Proc. of the IV Int. Colloq. of Diff. Geometry, p. 225-233. (1979 b) Sobre los sistemas ^-heterogonales. Rev. Univ. Santander
2, p.
607-646. (1980
a)
Comportamiento
de
los
operadores
acotados
en
los
sistemas
ortogonales. Pub. Mat. Univ. Aut. Barcelona 21, p. 217. (1980 b) Espacios
de
apoyo.
Pub.
Mat.
Univ.
Aut.
Barcelona,
21. p.
127-128. (1981) Propiedades inducidas por subsistemas de complemento infinito en el espacio de Hilbert. Actas VIII Jornadas Mat. Luso-Esp. p. 353-355. (1983 a) with Reyes, A., On the Arch. Math.
geometry of sequences in Banach spaces.
40 p. 452-458.
(1983 b) Another proof of a result Operator
of P. Terenzi. Proc. II Int. Conf. on
Algebras p. 200-202.
(1985 a) A characterization of basic sequences in Banach spaces. Symp. Aspects of Positivity in Funct. Anal. Tubingen, p. (1985
b)
Sobre
semejanza
asintotica
de
operadores
115-116. en
el
espacio
de
Hilbert. Act. Reuni6n de Probabilidad y Espacios de Banach, Zaragoza. (1985 c) On the geometry of sequences in Banach spaces. Rendiconti Sem. Mat. e Fis. di Milano, LV. (1986 a) with Martin-Peinador, E. Sistemas L de rayos y sumabilidad. Horn. Prof. Botella. Univ. Complut. Madrid, p. (1986
b)
with
universales
Garcia-Castellon, de
sucesiones
Ciencias Madrid, 31, p.
F.
en
el
203-218.
and
Indurain,
espacio
de
E.
Banach.
Propiedades Mem.
Acad.
1-25.
(1987 a) Un problema geometrico
y afin de cuasi-complementariedad
en
espacios de Banach. Horn. Prof. Cid. Univ. Zaragoza, p. 173-180. (1987 b) with Garcia-Castellon, F. On linear simplification
in Banach
spaces I. Boll. U.M.I. (7) 1A. p. 87-95. (1987 c) with Garcia-Castellon, F. On linear simplification spaces II. Boll. U.M.I. (1988 a) with Sucesiones
Indurain, en
E.
Espacios
in Banach
1A p. 367-373. and de
Reyes, A.
Banach.
Notas
Univ.
sobre
Geometria
Extremadura-Zaragoza.
de p.
1-262 (Book). (1988 b) with Martin-Peinador,
E.
; Indurain,
geometric constants for operators acting on a Rev. Mat. Univ.
E.
and
Rodes,
A.
Two
separable Banach space.
Complutense 1; 1,2,3, p. 25-32.
10
Martin-Peinador: Antonio Plans
(1987) with Garcia-Castellon and Indurain, E. Bases a
traves
de sistemas
minimales uniformes. Pub. Sem. Mat. G. Galdeano. Univ. Zaragoza 1-5. (1988) with Cuadra, J.L.;
Garcia-Castellon, F. ; and
Indurain, E. Some
properties of sequences with 0-kernel in Banach spaces. (To appear in Rev. Roum. Sci. )
DOCTORAL DISSERTATIONS ADVISED. [I] (1965) "Propiedades de una funci6n de valores enteros, definida en el conjunto de las multialgebras finitas". by Bartolome Frontera. [2] (1970) "Sobre el conjunto de los
rayos del espacio de Hilbert". by
Victor Onieva. [3] (1974) "Hipervolumenes, su limite y propiedades de permanencia en los operadores
lineales
acotados
del
espacio
de
Hilbert"
los espacios
de
Hilbert
by
Pedro
Burillo. [4]
(1975)
"Sobre
sucesiones
en
y Banach.
Problema de la simplificacion lineal topologica" by Jose Luis Cuadra. [5] (1977) "La sumabilidad absoluta en los operadores lineales acotados del espacio de Hilbert" by Elena Martin-Peinador. [6] (1978) "Convergencias en el conjunto de los subespacios del espacio de Hilbert" [7]
(1978)
by M. Carmen de las Obras-Loscertales. "Hipervolumenes,
operadores
su
convergencia
lineales acotados del
y
espacio
sumabilidad
de Hilbert" by
en
los
Eusebio
Corbacho. [8] (1980) "Aspectos reticulares y geometricos de sistemas de vectores en espacios
de Banach y de Hilbert" by Andres Reyes.
[9] (1980) "Ideales de operadores lineales acotados y sumabilidad en el espacio de Hilbert" by Alvaro Rodes. [10] (1983) "Involuciones en espacios topologicos" by Paulino Ruiz de Clavijo. [II]
(1985)
"Sobre
geometria
de
sucesiones
en
espacios
de
Banach.
Posici6n unidad" by Esteban Indurain. [12] (1985) "Geometria de los
hiperplanos
asociados
un espacio de Banach. Aplicaci6n al problema de lineal" by Felicisimo
en
la simplificacion
Garcia-Castellon.
[13] (1985) "Sucesiones en la Maria Jesus Chasco.
a una sucesion
geometria afin
del espacio de Banach" by
INFINITE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRIC MODULI AND TYPE-COTYPE THEORY V. Milman and A. Perelson The Raymond and Beerley Sackler Faculty of Exact Sciences Tel Aviv University Tel Aviv, Israel
1. INTRODUCTION In this paper, we study an infinite dimensional normed space B by
combining
the
geometric
approach,
in
the
spirit
of
[Ml], with
type-cotype theory, in the spirit of Maurey-Pisier [MaPi]. Of course, all linear topological properties of B are defined by the structure of its unit sphere S(B) = {x € B: |x|| =1 }. However, the infinite dimensional unit sphere is a difficult to visualize object. Therefore, it is natural to construct simply computable and visual numerical characteristics of the sphere (often called moduli) which do not define our space uniquely but describe some topological properties of the space. The first such modulus was the modulus of convexity, introduced in 1936 by Clarkson [Cl],
5 (e) = inf
1 - l^i
x,y€ S(B),
||x-y|| = c \, 0 ^ e ^ 2.
Not long after, D.P. Milman [Mil] showed that a uniformly convex space B, i.e., B such that 5 (e) > 0 for e > 0, is reflexive. V. L. Smulian [Sm] and B
M. M. Day [D] have proved that the property of uniform convexity is dual to the property of uniform smoothness. The modulus of smoothness of space B is the function (for e>0)
= \ sup | |x+y| • |x-y| -
We call the space B uniformly smooth if p (e)=a(e). J. Lindenstrauss [Li] has pointed out the exact duality relations between 6 (e) and p (17). B
B
Also,
12
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
some properties of unconditionally convergent series were connected with these moduli 6 (e) and p (T}) by M.I. Kadec [K] and J. Lindenstrauss [Li]. B
B
This short list of results essentially gives all the available information, which was obtained using both moduli. (Also, the moduli by themselves and especially their local variants became an important tool in the study of normed spaces.) The limiting ability of these moduli in the linear topological study of a normed space is, of course, connected with the fact that they are constructed by a family of 2-dimensional subspaces of
B.
However,
the
only
space
defined
completely
by
this
family
of
subspaces is a Hilbert space. To avoid such an insufficiency of 2-dimensional
moduli, the
first author developed, at the end of the '60's, the language of {3- and 5-moduli, reflecting the local geometric structure of the unit sphere S in an infinite dimensional sense. Let $ be some family of subspaces of the space B. For any xe S(B), we define local moduli, ^-modulus
(the lower
one) and 6-modulus (the upper one) of the family $ by (1.1)
J3(e;x, S)=sup inf [ ||x+ey||-l 1; 6 [e; x, £| = inf sup E€$ y€S(E)^ J I J E € £ y € S(E)^
|x+ey||-l , J
where S(E)={x€ E | |x|| = l> is the unit sphere of the space E. These moduli reflect
two
averaging
procedures.
Let
f(x),
x€S(B),
be
a
bounded
real-valued function on the sphere. Then we define /3- and 5-averaging with respect to the family £ by
|3[f,£]=sup inf f(x) E€$ x6S(E)
and
5[f;S] = inf sup f(x). E€$ x€S ( E)
We only apply these averagings to the family of functions ||x+ey|-l of two variables
x and
y,
|x|=|y|| = l, and
a parameter
e>0.
(However,
we use
different families $ ) . The first time we average by variable y and obtain the local moduli (1.1). Then we average them by the remaining variable x and we receive the global (uniform) moduli
; x, 2 ) ; <8]=8(B(c; 2)
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
13
and
; x, 2); S]=65(e; 2).
Note that, e.g., if $ is the family & of all 1-dimensional subspaces of B, then SS(e;£ ) is equivalent
(for c—>0) to the modulus of convexity
5 (e) and, similarly, /3/3(e;& ) is equivalent to the modulus of smoothness B
1
P B (e). In this paper we will deal with three families. The first one is the family $
of all subspaces of a finite codimension. In this case,
we often prefer to emphasize the space B and write (3 /3 (e,B) instead of |3£(e; $ ) (and similarly for other moduli). However, we omit a family $ and simply put /3/3(e) if the family of subspaces we are using is clear from the context. Also note that $ (E) denotes the family of all subspaces of the space E of finite codimension in E. A few examples: i.
f3°(e;x;£ ) = <5°(e;x;£ ) = /l+ep p
and ii.
1
«
ep/p (for any x€ S(£ ))
p
p
|3°(e;x;co)=S°(e;x;co)=max(0,e-l).
0°(e;x;C[O,l])
=max(0,e-2),
5°(e;x;C[Of1])=e.
i i i . / 3 ° ( G ; x ; L i [ 0 , l ] ) = 0 ( 0 < e ^ l ) , 6 ° ( e ; x ; C [ O , 1] ) = e . iv. There e x i s t c o n s t a n t s C (p) and C (p)>0 such and 0 < c ^ 1 a n d a n y x€ S ( L )
that,
for
1 < p ^ 2
p
C ( p ) e 2 < /3°(e;x; 2
L [0,1]) p
^ C (p)e2, 1
C ( p ) e p ^ <5°(e;x;L ) ^ 2 p
* Ca(p)cp;
f o r 2 ^ p < oo and 0 ^ c ^ 1 C ( p ) e p < /3°(c;x; L [ 0 , 1 ] ) < C ( p ) e p 2
C (p)c2 ^ 6°(c;x; 2
p
and
i
L ) ^ C (p)e2. pi
The second family of subspaces which we use in t h i s paper in
14
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
section 4 is produced by a minimal system (or a basic sequence) X = {x.}
}
fc B. Then 2=2(X) is the family ^span{ The
first
two families
condition: VE € 2, i = l,2
00
n=l
satisfy
the so called
filtration
3E c (E n E ) and E € 2. This property plays an
important role and also simplifies many problems. The third family and subspaces which we use in section 5 do not satisfy the filtration property and therefore they have to be constructed in a slightly different manner. This is the family
2
of all subspaces of B of finite
dimension. We also use the natural partition of 2 = U 2 o
family of all k-dimensional
(non-trivial)
where 2
k
is the
k
subspaces of B. Define finite dimensional
moduli 0 (e;x) = £(e;x,2 ) and 5 (c;x) = <5(e;x,2 ), k
and
k
k
3 o ( e ; x ) = lim ^ ( e j x ) ,
k
<5 Q (e,x) = lim 5 k ( e ; x ) .
k-X»
Similarly, we construct
k^oo
the global moduli
00 00 (e) =
limfi[fi(e,x); 2 ] O n
n-X»
and 5 <5 (e). oo Between investigation
1967 and
1971, the
first
author
pursued
an
(see survey [Ml]) to show that a local geometric structure
of S influences (and sometimes defines) a global topological property of a normed
space.
It was shown
that
the language
of |3- and S-moduli,
introduced above, connects local geometry of the sphere of the space with different
topological
properties
of the space,
such
isomorphism to some dual space, a property of a separable
as reflexivity, space having a
separable dual, etc. It helps to compare different topologies and, for example, gives the complete and simple strong topologies
condition when the weak and the
on the sphere coincide.
Let us recall one example of such a result. Theorem ([Ml]). Let B be a separable Banach space. a) If | 0°Ce 3 (e ;x,B) = 0 0 for some e
> 0 and any x €€ S(B), then B is not
isomorphic to a dual space, and moreover, B is not isomorphic to a
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
15
subspace of a separable dual space. b) If S°(e;x,B) = e
then B
is not separable.
Another direction of geometric investigation of normed spaces was succesfully developed during the last 10-15 Local
Theory.
Its
purpose
is
a
study
of
years, the so-called
the
structure
of
finite
dimensional subspaces of a given space, quotient spaces, projections and so on (see, e.g., [MSch]). In this paper
we want
to
revive
the
old
local
approach from [Ml] by connecting it with new methods of Local
geometric Theory. We
show below that local geometric
behaviour of the sphere
S implies some
knowledge of the structure of
finite dimensional subspaces, i.e., the
kind of global properties in the geometric sense which we call the local one in the sense of the linear structure. We use below the notations and results from [Ml] on geometry of the unit sphere and some properties of sequences in a normed space; we also
refer to
[MSch] on
the
results
on Local
elements of a type-cotype theory of normed spaces.
Theory,
especially
on e We usually write a - b
instead of |a-b| ^ 0.
2. DESCRIPTION OF THE MAIN RESULTS AND DISCUSSION We start with the following results which will be proved in section 3. Theorem 2.1.
Let B be an infinite dimensional Banach space and $
family of all closed subspaces of
the
B of finite codimension.
i) If there exists p, 1 ^ p ^ 2, such that
for 0 < e < 1 and some constant c, then I
is finitely represented in B
p
(i.e., for any 8 > 0 and an integer n, B contains an (l+e)-isomorphic copy of ln; see [MSch], Chapter 11, for the exact definitions). p
16
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
ii) If there exists q ^ 2 such that
for 0 < e < 1
and some constant c, then there exists q
^ q and
t
is finitely represented in B. o iii) If there exists e > 0 such that 86(e , $ ) = 0 then I o o oo q
is finitely
represented in B. The two important partial cases of this theorem are, indeed, complementary to some results from [Ml]: the case p=l in part i) of the theorem and part iii) of this theorem (which is, of course, a partial case of Theorem 2. 1. i i for q=oo). We referred to the following facts. Theorem 2. A
([Ml],
Theorem
5.5.a
and
b). a.
If |35(1;S°) = 0
then B
contains an isomorphic copy of c ; if <5/3(e;S ) = e for 0 ^ e ^ 1; then B contains an isomorphic copy of I '. b. If B contains an isomorphic copy of c for O ^ e ^ l ;
if B contains an isomorphic copy of I
then ££(e,2 ) = 0 then <5<5(e,$ ) = c
for 0 s e s 1.
The next results which we choose to discuss in this section will be
proved in section 4.
Theorem 2.2. Let X = {x } X = {x }
be a minimal system of B with the total dual
c B . If there exists a constant C such that for 0 ^ e ^ 1
s
C0|3(ef2(X))
then either there exists e 0
> 0 and £/3(e , S(X)) = 0 and in this case I is 0
oo
finitely represent able in the space B by blocks of the sequence X, or there exists p, 1 < p < oo, such that £/3(e;2(X)) = 0(ep) and I is finitely p
represent able in the space B by blocks of the sequence X. This theorem should be compared with two known results.
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli Theorem
([Ml]),
constants C ^ C
Theorem
4 . 2 and Corollary
17 4.5).
i)
Let
there
exist
> 0, e > 0 and a function \p{e) such that for any
x € S(B)
C 0(e) ^ 3(e;x;£°) * S(c;x;£°) ^ C 0(c).
Then either there exists c > 0 and 0(c) = 0 for 0 ^ e ^ e and B contains an isomorphic copy of c , or there exists p2:l and constants A 2: A > 0 such that
A
GP
^ 0(e) ^ A
GP
for 0 ^ G ^ G and B contains an isomorphic copy of I . o p ii)
Let j30(e;8°) = 56(c;$°) = 0(c). Then either 0(c) = 0 for
0 ^ G :£ 1 and B contains an (1+6)-isomorphic copy of c for any 8 > 0 , or there exists p > 1 and
0(G) =
(1+ cp) p-l
and B contains an
(1+5)-isomorphic copy of I for any 8 > 0. p
Also
one has to note in this connection the properties of an
infinite dimensional sphere reflected in the following proposition.
Proposition ([Ml], Theorem 5.9). i) If 8fi{c ;8°) = 0 for some c > 0 then |3j3(e:8O) = 0 for 0 < e < 1. ii) If lim ^ c^o
'
= c > 0 (this lim aiways exists) then
S6(c:$°) = G for c > 0. In
section
5
we
improve
Theorem
2.1 using
the finite
dimensional moduli ( |3 ( /3 (e) (c) and 8 5 8 (e). It is known ([Ml], Proposition 3.2
oo 0 0
oo 0 0
and [M3]) that for any infinite dimensional Banach space B S5(c,B°) a: (B /3 (e) £ 6 5 (e) £ 0 0
0 0
Therefore the following statement strengthens Theorem 2.1.
18
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
Theorem 2.3. i) If there exist constants c < «, e > 0 such that for some o 1 ^ p ^ 2 and 0 < e ^ e
6 5 (e) * ce p oo then £ is finitely representable in B. p
ii) /f there exist C < w, e
> 0 such that for some q £ 2 and
0 < c 2= e o
then I q
is finitely
representable in B for some q
o
i i i ) IIf
0 /3 (e ) = 0 for some c
> 0,
then l^ is
finitely
representable in B.
3. ASYMPTOTIC BEHAVIOR OF GLOBAL p- AND 6-MODULI The next theorem gives a connection between the global moduli of a Banach space B, from one side and its type and cotype from the other side. In this section we use only the family of subspaces 2 write
£/3(e)
instead of
/3/3(e;£°)
and similarly
56(e),
and so we
/3(e;x)
Theorem 3.1. Let B be an infinite dimensional Banach space of type with the type p constant T q
lim - §§ill P
and (3.2)
n..
ssi-n) 7, q
p ^1
and cotype q < oo with the cotype q constant
p
C . Then, for a universal constant C,
(3.1)
and so
C-Tp
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
19
In the proof of Theorem 3. 1 we use the standard technique from [Ml].
The following lemma is quite obvious.
Lemma 3.2. For every ©' >0 there exists a subspace
E ,€ 2
such that for
©
every e > 0, 0 s e < l, we have ©'
(3.3)
|3/3(c) *"
inf 0(e;x), x€S(E e J
and ©'
(3.4)
aa(e) *
sup
5(e;x).
We also use the following result.
Theorem 3.3. (see [Ml], Theorem 4.1). For every © > 0 there is a basic sequence X = {x > {a } with a
c S(B), such that for every finite scalar sequence
= 1 we have i
i
J"
1
k
k
(3.5)
C f la-I 11 ( 1 - © ) n 1+/3 ^ ; Va x ^ I V a x II ^ L n n L.n 1=*1 n vn"II n L= l n n JJ i=pl I II V' k
a
J
l jl ' .ii (l+e) n r1+5 r H rj-l )rax || ; L n nl I JJ j =2 ^ M ) a x L»n = 1 n n
n=l
Moreover, inequality (3.5) also holds for every basic block sequence Y c
S(B) with respect to X.
Proof of Theorem 3. 1. For e' > 0 let E_,€ S° be a finite codimensional subspace for which (3.3) and (3.4) hold. It is known (see Theorem 3.1.b from [Ml]) that for every x e E , and e > 0 we have 0
E
, ©
20
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
and =
<5(G;X;£°(E Q ,
By Theorem 3.3, which we use for the Banach space E ,, there is a basic G sequence X c E , for which (3.3) (3.4) and (3.5) hold. Let k be an 0
arbitrary natural number. It is well known (see, e.g., [MSch], Chapter 11) k+l
that there exists a block basic finite set {y.}
with respect to the
sequence X such that its unconditional constant is at most 3 and, by have (3.5) holds. Hence, for every finite sequence of scalars Theorem we3.3,
>r
k+l
k + l
pi
lEv,
6)
j -i
HE
I — 3 J°
j=i
where r.(t), j = 1,2,..., is the sequence of Rademacher functions on the interval [0,1]. Since B is of type p then, by (3.6), we obtain
(3.7)
I! LV ajyj"I! < 3T piI VL j=i
I- j = i
For T)>0 let us define, by induction, a finite sequence of k+l
scalars {a }
in the following way, a =1, and for j ^ 2, put
(3T T)V
= E <•
p
Using (3.7) we obtain a
(3.8)
—-J
>
It is easily verified by induction, that for j £ 2 we have
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli (3.9)
aP = j
21
T))P)J~2(3T TJ)P. P
P
Using the monotonicity of £(e;x) (as a function of c),
together with (3.8)
we have for j^2
(3.10)
/3
j-i
r j-1 i r a L; V a.y. ^ P - — ~ r
a y 1.
From (3.3) and (3.10) it follows that for j > 2, we have
y I ^1+
Suppose that we select e'
inf
/3(TJ;X)
^
in such a way that
(l-o') ^ 1/2. Using the
inequality on the left hand side of (3.5) together with (3.9) we obtain
k + l
(3.11) j=2
Taking the k-th root from both sides of (3.11) we have
[
9
^
11/k
3T I
, f 2 3T V [l-e PJ The last
inequality
(l + (3T p T)) p ) 1 / p ^ (3T T))p/p). p
holds for every natural
both sides of (3. 12) we obtain as
number k. Taking the limit
on
22
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli ; 1+(3T p
Thus we have
This proves the first part of Theorem 3.1. In a similar way we prove the second part of this theorem. As we did in the proof of the first part, let us assume that {y >
is a
finite
unconditional
block-basic
set
with
respect
to
X
which
has
an
constant at most 3. Hence, for every finite sequence of
k+l
scalars {a }
, we obtain „
k+l
(3.14)
| [ay |
S
1/3
Here C
|| [ r (t )a y |dt * ^ JO ^
j=l
k+l k+l
k+l
l [ |a |« q
j=l
M
^ j=l
.
J
is the q-cotype constant of B. As in the first part of the proof, q
for 7) > 0, define, by induction, a sequence of scalars in the following way: a = 1 and, for j ^ 2, let a. be defined by the equalities j-i
(3.15)
It follows from (3,15) that for j
Let e* be selected in such a way that (1+e*) ^ 2. As in the first part of the proof, we obtain
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
(3.16)
(1
+
23
66(7,))
j=2
±.IH'
2(l+e) 3C
J=i
By taking the k-th root from both sides of (3.16) we obtain
Therefore
7)-»0
7,
This completes the proof of the Theorem. For an infinite dimensional Banach space B, define
p and
=
sup {pi B is of type p}
B q = inf {ql B is of cotype q}. B It follows from (3.1) and (3.2) that
(3.17)
sup
lim T}-»0
and
(3.18)
inf {q2:2| lim 66(7))/T)q > 0} ^
q
l
24
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
By Maurey-Pisier Theorem [MaPi] (see [MSch], Chapter 13), formulas (3.17) and (3.18) imply Theorem 2.1. A well known fact has just to be added to the proof of part i) of Theorem 2.1 that, if I
is finitely representable o < p ^ 2, I is also finitely
p
in B for some 1 < p
< 2, then, for any p, p
0
O p
representable in B (see, e.g., [MSch], Chapter 8).
4. GEOMETRIC MODULI OF A BASIC SEQUENCE AND THEIR TYPE AND COTYPE.
In this section
we assume that X = {x.> *
system with the total dual X
* oo
= {x }
c B is a minimal
"* *
and we consider the moduli /3/3(e) =
and 55(e,B(X)) s 5S(e,2(X)). For e'>0 we choose E e > € B(X) such
that
e' |3|3(e) *
inf /3(e;x;B(X)) X€S(E , ) 0
and 55(e) «
sup 5(e;x;B(X)). xeS(E ,) G
Denote by Y = {y.}" a basic block sequence of X with Y c E_, and such that Y satisfies the conclusions of Theorem 3.3. It is possible, as has been proved property ^
^
in
[M], because
(i.e., for any E ^
l
and E e 2
$=B(X) has
the so called
S there exists E e 3
filter
2 such that
Ec 3
(EinE2)). Let us begin with some definitions and notations. We say that a sequence X c B is of block type p (block cotype q) if there exists a constant C ^ 1 (D ^ 1), such that for every positive integer n and for any n
n b l o c k s -jy =
I *
L)
aj x j > Ji=1
j =n +1
of X, we have
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
25
1/p
D I M LV^y.n * I EK«' Here r (t), i = 1,2,... is the sequence of Rademacher functions on [0,1]. The smallest C (resp. D) which satisfies the above inequality is called the block-type p constant and will be denoted by T (X) (similarly, the p
block-cotype q constant and will be denoted by C (X)). q
Remark. The c o n s t r a i n t s of
a Banach space
l < p < 2 ^ q ^ o o
B do not
hold
in
this
which hold for type and cotype case,
and
block
type
(block
cotype) can be any value in [ 1 , » ] . Denote
p
= sup {p|p i s a block type of X>
q
= inf {q|q is a block type of X>.
and
Obviously p
^ q . It is also obvious that for every block sequence X' of
X
X, p x s p x ,
A
S
qx> s qx.
Proposition 4.1. Let Y be the basic block sequence of X defined above (i) If q < oo then
lim 7}->0
q
Y
where C and M are absolute constants. (ii) If q =oo then there exists c > 0 such that |3j3Ce ;B(X)) = 0.
26
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
(iii) If 1 s p
< oo then
, (in
lii W ^ X ) ) T)-»0
17
Y
where C >0 is an absolute constant. 2
Corollary 4.2. Under the above notations
sup -(q ; lim and WVI>>
inf Ip ; lim
The
proof
of
"WW'
> 0 V ^ p,
the corollary
is obvious.
The
proof
of
the
proposition relies on the following lemma.
Lemma A ([MShl and 2]). There exists 0 < 8 < 1 such that for every e > 0 there exists a constant y=vie) > 0 with the following property: For every natural number k there exists a finite basic block sequence {z}
with
respect to Y such that,
1-5 * ||z I * 1,
the set
{z }
j=l,. . .k;
is an unconditional basic set with
the unconditional
constant ^3 for every k, and c-invariant to spreading (which means that for every s ^ k and
1 ^ i
scalars {<x.}s with |oc. | =s 1,
a z I! s m i "
i = l,...,s,
(l+ e ) II V a z ||); aJso " L
m j "
s k; ve
1 ^ J <J <. . . <J
have
^ k, and
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
27
l/q
(4.1)
|| £ z 1 * ys \ s
Proof of Proposition 4.1.
First assume that q
number. Assume that for {z } Denote
< oo. Let k be a natural
the conclusion of Lemma A is satisfied.
z = z./||z.||, j=l,...,k+l. Using the left hand side inequality of
(3.5) we obtain for a =1, and arbitrary a , . . . ,a 1
2
I
A
I
k+l
J-i
k+1
n=l
j=l
lyTTT "Ln=l
n n"
Using Lemma A we infer that {z >
is the unconditional
set with a
constant ^ 3 and that property (4.1) is fulfilled. Hence, for every
s ^
^ k+l we have
(4.2)
I 11 T a z I H + L n n"
I V anzn"I ss 1+ T1~O ^T
" L
max 'lan1I"|LY
2^^
z
n
II -
n" n=2 1/q
3*
^ 1 + jig-
Y
max |a |(s-l)
.
Let us define a finite sequence of scalars as follows: a = l , 1/q
and a.=(l/k)
Y
, j = 2,...,k+l. Using (4.2) with these a.'s we obtain
J
vJ s
o
\\ V
ii
" L, n n"
i/q
1~5
Thus we have 1/q
(4.3)
" az I
n=l
n n"
-,
Y
3x
1—5
n=l
(1/k)
i/q
Y
3^
Y
28
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
Using (4.3) and the monotonicity of /3(e;x) as a function of e we obtain as in the proof of Theorem 3.1 (taking e' small enough) l/q
k+l
k+l
n—i
Now, take the k-th root from both sides of (4.4); we have l/q
(4.5)
fU/k) 3(3F^
Y
f2M l 1 / k 1 2M * \^-\ -1 = i In ^ - + o ( l ) (for
l
(i/k)
Denote [i k (k-x») we have, by (4.5),
(4.6)
lim§*Hl
-
.
Since (4.5) holds for every k and \± -
M
k
s in
This proves the first part of Proposition 4.1. k+l
Assume that
q =oo.
For a given natural
k let {z }
be a
finite sequence for which the conclusions of Lemma A hold. Using (4.1) we obtain
z
I = y,
s ^ k+l.
j
For the sequence of scalars {a.=l}#*
we obtain, as in the proof of the
first part of Theorem 4.1,
(4.7)
The last
f2k l 1/k 0|3(l/y) * I ^ U - 1.
inequality holds for every natural k. Since the right hand side
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
29
of (4.7) vanishes as k tends to infinity we obtain
0.
This proves the second part of Proposition 4.1. The proof of part
(iii) of
Proposition
4.1
also
relies
on
Lemma
A.
However,
the
property (4.1) is replaced by the following property (see also [MShl])
s 1/p
(4.8)
| j^ z | M / y s
\
s * k+1.
Remark.In [MShl] it is shown that (4.8) holds with some y = y(s) such that lim log y(s)/log s = 0. We do not need this complication because, in our s-*o
case, we start with the basic sequence Y = {y,}
which automatically
1
satisfies the condition dist (y ,span{y l"' ) > 5 > 0 for n^2. To organize n
j 1
this condition it was necessary in [MShl] to reduce the low bound up to a factor y(s)"11.. Using the right hand side of inequality (3.5) we obtain
k+1
r
(1+e) n
r
|a
1+6
I
„ >>
^—-— ; V 1
l
j=2
*-
IITJ" II ) J a nn" z "LJI=1 n n "
L
az n
U
n
II V a z I. " L
n n11
JJ
n=l n=l
n =l
Relying on the same arguments as in the proof of part (i) of this theorem we have
V a z I * i min |a | | V z | * i min |a | | J" z | t L
n n"
J
' n' " L
1
3
Let
us
define
a
finite
1
min
set
lanl y S
of
n" 1/P
J
^ ^ ' n' " L
n=l
n"
Y
•
scalars
as
follows:
a =1, l
and
for
30
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
J = 2,...,k+1,
aj
= j
Since | V a z II * 1, j = 2, . . . , k+1, we o b t a i n 11 L n n"
is:: V J
Ja.
, j = 2
k+1.
Using the monotonicity of S(e;x) as a function of e we obtain as in the previous part
oT^TT 7 a nz n" II 2( 1+e) "II L
n (l+55(a j )) ^ .[_'
1/p
Denote ^ = 18( 1+e) -y• (1/k)
(4.9)
Y
. We have
(l+56(/i )) k * 3 and therefore
5 6 ( M ) ^ 31/k-l.
As in the proof of part (i) of the theorem, (4.9) implies that
(4.10)
H
i
^
,
in 3
The next results are a direct consequence of Proposition 4.1. We refer to [MSch], Chapter 11 and [MSh2] for the terminology used below.
Theorem 4.3. a) Assume that I
is finitely represented by blocks in every
basic block sequence Y with respect to X. Then there exists e that ppU ;B(X)) = 0.
> 0 such
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli b) Suppose that I
31
is finitely represented by blocks in every basic block
sequence Y with respect to X. Then there exist c >0 and c>0 such that 55(e;B(X)) £ ce for every c < c . Proof: a) We infer by the assumption that q =00. Thus using part (ii) of Proposition 4.1, there exists e
> 0 with /3/3(e ) = 0.
b) As in a) we conclude that p =1. So /i constant H
c . Now
using
(4.8),
we
= c • - for some absolute
conclude
that
55(/1 ;B(X))^c n . For
< e < [i we obtain by the monotonicity of 55(e;B(X)),
+
_
c
3 k+1 Thus 55(e;B(X)) ^ ce for some absolute constant c and all e ^ n .
It is interesting to compare the last theorem with the known result from [Ml] which we cited in section 2 (Theorem 2.A.b).
Another
consequence of Proposition 4.1 is the following result. Theorem 4.4. a) Assume that there exist Mq £ 1, c > 0 and o
e > 0 such 0
q
that /3/3(e,B(X)) £ cc ° for every c ^ c . Then I 0
is finitely
represented
q
by blocks in X for some q ^ q . p
b ) If there exist p ssl c > 0 and c > 0 such that 5 5 ( e , B ( X ) ) ^ c e ° for every c ^ e , then I is finitely represented by blocks in X for some 1
P
p
* P0. The proof is immediate from Proposition 4.1 and Maurey-Pisier's
theorem [MaPi] (see [MSch] Chapter 13) as we have already used it in the end
of
section
3.
Note
only
that
we
have
to
use
the
variant
of
Maurey-Pisier's theorem for blocks of a given sequence as it was done, for example, in [MSch2]. Finally, we are ready to prove Theorem 2.2, stated in section 2. Proof of Theorem 2.2. First assume that q =00, for a block sequence Y from Proposition 4.1. Then, using Proposition 4.1, there exists c ^/3(e , B(X)) = 0 and by Maurey-Pisier's theorem I 0
00
such that
is finitely represented
32
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
by blocks of X. Now
assume
that
l
Using
(4.5),
(4.8)
and
the
monotonicity of |3/3(e) we obtain by the assumptions of the theorem i/p
i/p Y
Cj £ * 65(c 2 (l/k)
) * c£|3(c 2 (l/k)
l/p -l/q
Y
)=
l/q
) ss cc3 ii .
(1/k) 1 / PP
Y Y
D e n o t e fi
For ii
= c (1/k)
then
< c < n we have
k+l
k
A
rw J
Because
So,
, k=l,2,...;
p =q Y
P
l i m —— = 1 ,
we h a v e ,
30(e,B(X))
p = 0 ( eY)
Y
and,
P
Y
y
f o r e-»o
and
by Maurey-Pisier' s
p = 0(e Y ) .
56(c,B(X))
theorem,
we conclude
that
I
p
is Y
finitely represented by blocks of X.
Remark.
Clearly
3°|3O(e) < 33(e;B(X)) ^ 56(e;B(X)) * 5°5°(c). Therefore, if there exists c £ 1 such that 5°6°(c) < c^0^0(c) then the conclusion of Theorem 2.2 holds also for ^°/3°(c).
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
33
5. FINITE DIMENSIONAL MODULI ££(e,B ) AND 33(e;B ) AND THE LOCAL STRUCTURE OF A SPACE.
In this section, we consider the finite dimensional
moduli
££(e;B ) = £ £ 3 (e;B ) and <5<5(e;B ) and compare their 1behavior with the o o o oo o o o type and cotype of the space in the spirit of section 3.
Theorem 5.1.
Let B be an infinite dimensional Banach space of type
and cotype 2 ^ q < oo. Then
]
VO p
sup
np
[
and
= 0 >^ P
JB
££ ( inf Jq; lim
q
= sup {pi B is of type p>,
)
JB
> 0 V^ q
= inf {q| B is of cotype q>,
For the proof ot Theorem 5.1 we will need the following known fact (see [Ml], Lemma, 5.1, or [M2], section 5.8).
Lemma A. Let B be an infinite dimensional Banach space. There exists an integer function L
c
n(k;o,C)
>B and any xeS(B),
such
that, for
any
n-dimensional subspace
there exists a k-dimensional subspace L
n
c
> L
k
n
and for any et 0 ^ e ^ C,
sup |||x+ey|| |y € S C L j j - inf |||x+cy|
There exists, of course, a finite dimensional version of this lemma which obviously implies, by definition definitic of moduli 8 (c;x) and £ (e;x) (see section 1), the following proposition
Proposition 5.2.
Let B be an infinite dimensional Banach space, L an
N-dimensional subspace of B and L
an n-dimensional subspace of L. For n
C < oo , a given e > 0 and a positive integer m, there exists a positive integer
N
=
N(m,n,C,©),
such
that,
if
N
>
N ,
there
exists
a
34
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
m-dimensional subspace L c L such that for every x € S(L ), y € S(L ) and m
e € [ 0 , C ] we
(5.1)
n
m
have,
( l - © ) ( l + 5 ( e ; x ) ) ^ llx+eyll * ( l + e ) ( l + / 3 ( e ; x ) ) .
Remark. Use t h e p r o p o s i t i o n f o r C = 1 + 2 / e . Then, f o r c > C, we have
) > f l + - L - j ( e - l ) = e + l > 1+5 ( e ; x ) . Then
|x+ey[
Therefore, (5.1) holds for every e > 0. We are now going to show a finite dimensional
version of
estimate (3.5).
Proposition 5.3.Let B be an infinite dimensional Banach space. For all positive integers m,k and any e > 0, there exists an integer N(m,k,e) such that in every H-dimensional subspace L c B for N ^ N(m,k,e) k
a set {x > c S(L) such that for a =1 and
kf (5.2)
(1-©) n
r 1+5
L
^
l!
Ln=l
kf * (1+0) n
j
=2
f I
1+3m
l
n=l
la I
I
' ji I
1
^ "Un=l
^
) a x
JJ
n=l
J-1
11 II
; Va.x II
n n"
L
1
n= l
^
L nn
lI f
-
IITJ"1 a X
L )
^
L nn
n n11
k
ii
; ) a x
I I P " 1 a x ||
m
j"2[
a.€ (R, 2 z j ^ k,
-1"1
ia I
we can select
.
n n
JJJJ
k
Moreover, we can replace {x } Proof.
For a given e > 0 let us select the numbers {e
k-l
1+e
I
in (5.2) by every block set {y }
i=l
> 0 } _ , with
k-l
£ n (l+e ) 11
c S(B) of
i
and
1-e
^
n (1~© )• " i=l
i
Let
L c 0
B be
an
N -dimensional k
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
subspace with N
35
large enough (we may compute t h i s
k
N
function of N(m;N
as a
k-iterated
k
2
; 1+ - ;e ) where N(m,n,C,e) is defined in Proposition
5.2). Let x € S(L ). Using Proposition 5.2, we select a subspace L c L , dim L = N
, such that for every y € L
(5.3)
(l-e1)(l+6m(|y||;xi))^ fx^yl * (1+e^ ( 1 + M ||y||; x ^ ).
We continue by induction. Suppose that the elements {x > were L
already
c L
n-l
constructed
with
. As in the first
n-2
subspace L c L n
, dim L
n-l
the appropriate
step,
= N
n
for every y € L and x € S(span
n
of subspaces
) one can choose a
n-1
= N(m;N ; 1+- ;e ), such
k-n+1
k-n
e
n
n
that
{x > n ) we have
n
(5.4)
for x € S(L
and N
k-n
sequence
j 1
(l-en)(l+Sm(||y|;x))
s |x+y| * (1+oJ ( 1 + Mflyfl;x ) ) .
Repeating t h e use of ( 5 . 4 ) we o b t a i n , f o r a =1,
c-1
I
)
x aa. x J
Lj=1
J J
,,rk-l
"
k
I^I
E
ax
ax
r
II) •_ \
L Lj=l
'
^ II
ax ;
a
I
; k>—a1 x
\
^m ~k~T
^
||
iirk-l
I
C
+
II r
j=l
+ |,
II) _ k —1
(1+G
ax
J
jXjH
* ... ^
a y
E
-
j=l
J M
—
)
^ (l+e) n L
This proves t h e r i g h t left
; [ax
1+ P
j=2 I
m
l y3"1 a x I
L
Ln=l
n n"
hand s i d e of ( 5 . 2 ) .
L nn n=l
.
lI J J
In a s i m i l a r
way we p r o v e t h e
hand s i d e of ( 5 . 2 ) . Note
that
by c o n s t r u c t i o n
we may r e p l a c e
{x}
i n ( 5 . 2 ) by
36
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli 1*1
every
block
sequence
iy« =
) J=n
a x
>
, o f { x }
(since
the
sequence
of
£+1 n
subspaces {L.}
is a decreasing sequence and span {y«}^_ c span {x } s+ ).
We return to the proof of Theorem 5.1. Let T),K > 0 be given. There exists a positive integer m such that
(5.5) and \fi $ (7)) ~ BBit))\ 'mm 00
'
< K.
The functions (B (A;x) and 8 (A;x) are Lipshitz on [0,1] x S(B). Then, by [Ml] (Theorem 5.1), for any N, there exists an N-dimensional subspace L c B such that for every A€ [0,1] the oscillation of the two fuctions £ U;x) m
and
5 (A;x) on S(L ) is small (say, less J m o Proposition 5.3 with this subspace L , then
than
a
&given
e>0). Use
j-i (5.6)
1+5 h ; m L
V a x I n n J n=l
£ (l-e)(l+
L
sup 5 ( T ) ; X ) ) fc ( 1 - e ) ( 1 + 5 5 ( T J ) ) . m m x€S(L ) m 0
Suppose that for a given k we select € in such a way that
(l-e) k ^ 1/2. Using similar arguments to those in section 3 together with the left hand side of (5.2) and (5.6) we obtain
t
5.7)
k+1 rp i V n (1+6 5 (77)) < -=- 3T (1 + (3T T))p) .|J mm [l-Q pj p
for some integer function t such that t k
p
> oo (if k—^co). k
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli
37
Assume that K has been chosen in such a way that (1-K) k £ 1/2.
Using (5.5) and (5.7) we have r >,
t
(1+5 5 (7))) oo
^
t /p
^
T~T: ^^
(1 + C3T T)) ) . pj p
^1-e
Taking the t -th root from both sides of the above inequality we obtain (for t=t ) k
1/t
l/p
(1 + (3TT>) P ) P
*
l/t
* j^l-e Ui- 3Tpj Let t—>oo,
(5.8)
(1 + (3T T))p).
then
5 5 (TJ) ^ (3T TJ 0 0
p
and 5 6 (3T ) p .
^ p
The p r o o f
p
of
the
formula
for
(3(3 ( c )
is
similar.
We
obtain
f 1 1q ( 5
'
9 )
3^
and then take the lim inf. •
As a corollary of Theorem 5.1
(or, to be more exact, from
(5.8) and (5.9)), we obtain Theorem 2.3 stated in section 2 in the same way as we proved Theorem 2.1 at the end of section 3.
38
Milman & Perelson: Geometric moduli REFERENCES.
[Cl]
Clarkson, J.A. (1962). Orthogonality in normed linear spaces. Archiv Math. 4:4, 297-318. Day, M. M. (1941). Reflexive Banach spaces not isomorphic to [D] uniformly convex spaces. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 47:4, 313-317. [K] Kadee, M.I. (1956). Unconditionally convergent series in a uniformly convex space. Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 11:5, 185-190 (Russian) [Li] Lindenstrauss J. (1963). On the modulus of smoothness and divergent series in Banach spaces. Michigan Math. J. 10:3, 241-252. [Ml] Milman, V. (1971). Geometric theory of Banach spaces II. Geometry of the unit sphere. Uspechi Mat. Nauk, 26 no. 6, 73-149; Russian Math. Surveys 26, 6, 80-159. [M2] Milman, V. D. (To appear),The heritage of P. Levy in geometric functional analysis. Asterisque. [M3] Milman, V. D. (1967). Infinite-dimensional geometry of the unit sphere of a Banach space. Soviet Math. Dokl. 8, 1440-1444 (Translated from Russian). [MaPi] Maurey, B. & Pisier, G. (1976). Series des variables aleatoires vectorielles independantes et priorietes geometriques des espaces de Banach. Studia Math. 58, 45-90. [Mil] Milman, D.P. (1938). Certain tests for the regularity of spaces of type B. Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 20, 243-246 (Russian). [MSch] Milman, V.D. & Schechtman, G. (1986). Asymptotic theory of finite dimensional normed spaces. Springer-Verlag. Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1200, 156 pp. [MShl] Milman, V.D. & Sharir, M. (1979). A new proof of the Maurey-Pisier theorem. Israel J. of Math. 33, 1, 73-87. [MSh2] Milman, V. D. & Sharir, M. (1979). Shrinking minimal systems and complementation of n -spaces in reflexive Banach spaces. p
Proceeding of London Math. Soc., (3) 39, 1-29. [Sm] Shmul'yan, V. L. (1940). On the differentiability of the norm of a Banach space. Dokl. Acad. Nauk SSSR 27, 643-648.
HUBERT SPACE REVISITED.
J. R. Retherford Louisiana State University Baton Rouge, LA 70803 Dedicated to Professor Antonio Plans
1. INTRODUCTION, Since some of the work of A. Plans concerns operators on Hilbert
spaces
(e.g.
[PI
1-5], [PB])
it
seems
appropriate,
in
this
"Festschrift" on the occasion of the retirement of Professor Plans, to look back at a few (of many) operator characterizations of Hilbert space. We will show that all of these characterizations follow easily from the summability property of the eigenvalues of nuclear operators on isomorphs of Hilbert space. This property is discussed below.
2. DEFINITIONS. Recall that an operator T from a Banach space X to a Banach space Y, here after written T : X —> Y, is nuclear provided there are (fn ) * in X , (y ) in Y such that
Tx = ) f (x) y L n n n=l
for each x € X, and
I « f n i \WJ < -• This concept is due to Grothendieck [G3] and Ruston [Ru]. On Hilbert
spaces the nuclear operators
"trace-class" operators if , where T e if means
coincide
with the
Retherford: Hilbert space
40
n=l Here (A v TT ) denotes the eigenvalues of the unique positive square root * n of TT . Moreover, it is readily seen that
1
2
2
where !f denotes the Hilbert-Schmidt class. That is, each nuclear operator on a Hilbert space is the composition of two Hi lbert-Schmidt maps and, conversely, the composition of two such maps is nuclear. The
generalization
of
this
fact
to
Banach
spaces
(with
applications) is the subject of this paper. The Hilbert-Schmidt operators have been generalized to Banach spaces
in the following
way
[Gl], [Pi3],
[S]: An operator
T: X—>Y
is
absolutely two summing, written T € TT (X,Y), provided there is a constant K such that
for all finite sets x ,...,x 1
in X. n
Pietsch [Pi3] has shown that for Hilbert spaces H , H
so TT is a natural generalization of the Hilbert-Schdmidt class. The class TT , defined by replacing 2 by p, 1
p < +oo, above,
p
has seen numerous applications in Banach space theory. The
famous
Grothendieck-Pietsch
factorization
theorem
[Gl]
[Pi2,5] asserts that T€ TT (X,Y) if and only if T admits the factorization
41
Retherford: Hilbert space
where K is a compact Hausdorff space, ji a normalized Borel measure on K, and j the inclusion mapping. It is easily seen that j € II (C(K), L (JI)). We will also have occasion to use the p-nuclear operators, in what follows: T is p-nuclear, 1 ^ p < +00, written T € N (X,Y) if p
Tx = V f (x)y L
n
n
(f ) in X , (y ) in Y, x in X where
and
< +00
" «
In
particular
V |f(y ) |q
Sup
llflhl
L
< +co , - + - =1.
n
P
q
n=l
1-nuclear
operators
are
just
the
nuclear
operators.
3. EIGENVALUES OF NUCLEAR OPERATORS ON HILBERT SPACES. Since we will be concerned with eigenvalues, we assume all our spaces to be complex Banach spaces. Let H be a Hilbert space and let T € N(H) = N(H,H) have eigenvalues (A (T)) (ordered by decreasing modulus n
and counting multiplicities). The classical Weyl inequality [W] asserts that
so
the
eigenvalues
of
an
arbitrary
nuclear
operator
are
absolutely
convergent. Surprisingly, Hilbert space is the only Banach space enjoying this property:
42
Retherford: Hilbert space
Theorem [JKMR]. Let X be a Banach space. The following are equivalent: (a) X is isomorphic to a Hilbert space; (b) each nuclear operator on X has absolutely summing eigenvalues; and
(c) N(X) = lyiyx). Since
(c) is critical
to our work we discuss
it
in some
detail. Firstly, the notation T € IT -IT (X) means there is a Banach space Y and operators U € iyx,Y), V € Secondly,
if T e
Y,X) with T = VU. IT -IT (X)
then
T
has
absolutely
summing
eigenvalues. To see this, following Pietsch [Pi5] we say that A and B are related operators if
for Banach spaces X and Y. The importance of this notion is that
AB
and
BA
have, in
this case, the same eigenvalues. Thus if
T e TI *II (X) we have for some
Banach
II (X,Y),
space
Y,
T
=
BA
and
A
€
B
€
II (Y,X).
By
Grothendieck-Pietsch factorization we thus have the following diagram:
* X
Now
Uiai/32)(J2a2^i)€
= 5P (L (fi ))
and so this operator
has, by the Weyl inequality, absolutely summing eigenvalues. Clearly this operator is a relative of BA, i.e. T has absolutely summing eigenvalus. Our strategy is thus the following: to show that a Banach space X is isomorphic to a Hilbert space we need only show that for Te N(X), the eigenvalues of T, U
(T)), satisfy
Retherford: Hilbert space
43
00
I IVT)I
< +M
-
n=l
To accomplish this we show, under various hypotheses, that T (or T ) is in
II • II . 2
2
To do this
we need the "big picture" provided by a famous
result of Grothendieck.
4. GROTHENDIECK FACTORIZATION. As usual we denote by £ , 1 ^ p < +oo the Banach space of P 00
II All = V IA |p " "p [ L ' n1 J
sequences A=(A ) satisfying n
< +oo, and by I
the space
oo
of sequences A = (A ) with IIAII = sup |A I1 < +oo. M n
" "oo
Finally c
^ I n
n
denotes the closed subspace of I
0
those sequences A = ( A ) w i t h l i m A = 0 . n
n-X»
m
consisting of
oo
n
Let f®y, f€ X , y€ Y denote the rank one operator x
f(x)y.
Thus any non-zero T€ N(X) can be written
T =
V f ® y L
and f
* 0, y n
n
with n
Y
l l f II lly II <
L
" n"
* 0 f o r each n. L e t
A
n
where, a n
n o
f
clearly (||gn|),
= pa
n
n
1/2
n n
( | | z n | ) € CQ
La n=l
n n
" n"
and write
" n"
A n
= a(3 n n
and (0 ) € I . Then 0
o
® y
n
= llf II lly II
n
> 0, (a ) € c
+co
" n"
1
fn
1/2
f
n
TT^-TT ® a
yn
-n—n-
y
_
= £ g
n n
® z
n
and
n
This yields the Grothendieck factorization theorem for nuclear operators
44
Retherford: Hilbert space
[Gl]: if T€ N(X,Y), then T admits the following factorization:
where K
and K
are compact and 5 is a diagonal nuclear operator. Indeed 00
let O ), (g ), (z ) n
n
be as above and let K (x) = (g (x),K ((*•))= V ? z 1
n
n
2
n
L
n n
and 5((? )) = (|3 £ ). n
where 6
n n
Observe that 6 admits a further factorization
and 6 1
are the diagonal mappings defined by (|3
show from the definition that 6
2
^
€ TT (c ,1 ) (even N (c tt )) and 8 1
7r (£ ,1 ).
). It is easy to
n
2
2
0
2
2
0
2
Or, if one desires, a deep result of Grothendieck
€ 2
[Gl] also
oo* 2
covers the above situation. This diagram is now produced in it's entirety. Our strategy outlined above reduces to the intellectual (?) game -chasing the diagram! Grothendieck Factorization for
K ,K ,6,6 ,6
have the meanings as above.
T€ N(X)
45
Retherford: Hilbert space
Main o b s e r v a t i o n
(Related
operators): ^
(6 K ) ( K 5
1122
)
has
the
same
eigenvalues as T. Actually, starting anywhere in the
diagram and going all the
way around yields an operator with eigenvalues the same as T. For example, K K 5
is an operator on
c
with eigenvalues the same as T.
5. APPLICATIONS. In what
follows
we
will
operators as needed. We will write
introduce
X € H
classes
to mean
of
spaces
X is isomorphic to a
Hilbert space.
I. Theorem of Cohen-Kwapien [C], [Kl: An operator T e D (X,Y) provided T Theorem: Let
X
€ II (Y ,X ).
be a Banach space. The following are equivalent:
(i)
X € H;
(ii)
iyx.Y) c D2(X,Y) for every Banach space Y;
(iii) D (Y,X) c n (Y,X) for every Banach space Y; and (iv)
Same as (i) or (iii) with Y = I .
Proof: ( i M i i ) . If
X
is isomorphic to a Hilbert space
T € II (H,Y), by Grothendieck-Pietsch factorization
-» Y
C(K)
and
H
we have
and
46 and
Retherford: Hilbert space j a € ^ (H,H ) 2 0
so
a*j*
€ 5P ( H , H ) 20
and so
T % II ( Y * , H ) . 2 m #
(i)^(iii) is very similar: If Te D2(Y,H) then T € iyH,Y ) so by what was Just shown T**€ n (Y**,H) so T€ n (Y,H) since T** extends T with Y 2 2 ** canonically imbedded in (ii )=>( i)
and
Y
(iii )=>( i):
factorization.
If
(ii)
Let
T€
N(X)
and
consider
Grothendieck
holds
SK € TI(X,£) c D ( X , £ ) . Also S € 11 2 2 2 2 2 D (£ yl ) so T € D - D (X). Thus T*€ II -TI (X*) and thus has absolutely 221 22 2 2 # converging eigenvalues. But, the eigenvalues of T
are exactly those of T,
so X € H. If
(iii)
holds
KSe 2 2
DU.X) 2 2
c
II(£,X) 2 2
and
so
(K 5 )(5 K )€ll -II (X) and T has absolutely converging eigenvalues. (iv)=»(i) is clear since
all we used above was the space I .
An isometric
version of I is valid. Indeed isometric
are valid for most of
the
results
theorems we give. To state such results
requires conditions on the various norms of the ideals involved. Since we have not
explicitly given these norms we will not give the isometric
II. Theorem of Lindenstrauss-Pelczynski [LP]: results. One of the remarkable results of Grothendieck is the fact that £(L , H), the space of all bounded linear operators from an L (^)-space to a Hilbert space, coincides with
IT (L ,H). This result is proved using
what is now called the Grothendieck inequality [G2], [LP].
Theorem. If
X has an unconditional basis and £(X,Y) = II (X,Y) then X is
isomorphic to Proof:
< a
e.g.
n II
H
n
n
( x ) f ( x ) | = K < +00. Let n
i n Y,
n
'
||y || = a " n"
with n
X
and assume ||x|| = l,
( a )€ c , 0 < a n
sup
0
" " n
2 | g ( y ) | ^ 2.
ll ll
[MR] for such a c o n s t r u c t i o n ) . First,
N
is isomorphic to a Hilbert space.
n
let
n
T x =
Y
sup I | f II II llxll =11 f 11=1 and c h o o s e (y )
" n"
n+l
and
Let (x ,f ) be an unconditional basis for
||f || s M. Let a
I
V ^ f ( x ) y . Then Lt
i
i
i
(/3 ) € £ , n
2
|(J3 ) || "
n "2
= 1. For each N £ 1,
let
< 1, (see
Retherford: Hilbert space
47
n
||T x|| *
sup
V |f(x)||
M|x||(Z|e | 2 ) 1 / 2 ( s u p l | g ( y ) | 2 ) 1 / 2 s 2M|x| 1
so each T
HglUl
'
is continuous. By hypothesis there is a constant c, such that N
N
N
[ |T N (f i (x)x i )| = [ 1^: n=l
i=l
i=l N
* c sup
j
| f ( x ) f ( x ) | ^ c K | x ||.
II f 11=1
n=l
Since (/3 )
was arbitrarily chosen from
the unit
ball of I , (f (x))€l .
n
2
Knowing (f (x))e I for x € X, allows us without the sequence (/3 ). Since
n
doesn't matter) and ||y | = a
2
to repeat the construction above
(a )€ c
n
i
(being positive
and monotone
0
we now obtain (f (x))€ t . Since ||x | = 1 it
follows that X is isomorphic to t . Now let
T € N(Y)
and go to the diagrams. By hypothesis
(since X is isomorphic to I ) K € n {I ,Y) c n (£ ,Y). 2
2 1
1 1
Thus
so T has absolutely summing eigenvalues. A word of explanation is Grothendieck
in order. While our proof avoids the
inequality, the construction
theorem [Dl]. Moreover the
used requires the Dvoretzky
proof of the eigenvalue result we are using
requires the deep result of Lindenstrauss-Tzafriri
[LT] that a space is
isomorphic
each
to
a
Hilbert
space
if
and
subspaces is complemented. This result in So
we've
replaced
one
deep
only
if
of
its
closed
turn uses[D2]. result
with,
essentially,
equally deep results! Still, diagram chasing's fun. Let's continue.
two
48
Retherford: Hilbert space
III. Theorem of Morre11-Retherford [MR]: We operators
write
T € T (X,Y) if there
is a Hilbert
space
H and
A € £(X,H), B € £(H,Y) such that T = BA, i.e., T factors
through a Hilbert space. A Banach space
X
is in the class
2)
if there is a constant
00
such that for each
n
there is a subspace X
of X and an isomorphism
n
n : X n
n
>£
(complex n-space with the sup-norm) such that
KiiO Theorem: The following
are equivalent for a Banach space X :
(i)
X € H ;
(ii)
m , Y ) c T (X,Y) for any Y€ 2) ; 2
oo
(iii) m , c Q ) c r 2 (X,c Q ). Proof: (I )=>( ii ) =»( iii) is trivial (as is it all). we have by hypothesis that K (iii)=*(i). Diagraming again, we there is a Hilbert space
Then
H
€ T (X,C Q ) S O
with
AK SB € N(H) and as before X € H. This shows we may remove the "p" in the title of [MR].
IV. Theorem of Gordon-Lewis-Retherford [GLR]: Here C(X,Y) denotes the closure of the finite rank operators from X to Y.
Theorem: The following are equivalent: (i)
X€ H;
(ii)
C(X,Y) c r (X,Y) for all Y;
(iii) C(X,c ) c r (X,c ); 0 2 0 (iv)
C(Y,X) c T (Y,X)
(v)
C U ,X) c r (£ ,X).
for all Y; and
Retherford: Hilbert space
49
Proof. That ( i )=*( ii M iii ) and (i )=>( iv)=>(v) is trivial. i). Let T € N(X) and proceed to the diagram. By hypothesis Ke
T (X,c ) so there are operators
A, B
to and from a Hilbert space H,
with K = BA. Now 6 B € if (H,£ ) and so also to D (H, I ), i. e. T € D -D (X). 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 (iv)=>(i). Again let Te N(X). Now K ^ r il ,X) and thus A,B,H exist with K
= BA factoring through H. Hence
A<5 € D (£ ,H) and so to II (£ ,H).
Thus T € iyiyx). In [GLR] we also have characterizations of Hilbert space in terms of operators on X . These results can be obtained
as above by
dualizing the diagram. V. Theorem of Holub [Hi: An operator T is quasi-p-nuclear, 1 ^ p < +00, T € QN (X,Y), if p
t h e r e i s a sequence (f ) in X , V IIf ||p < +00 such that n
L " n" n=l
00
|Tx| * [ [|f i( x)| p ) 1/P n=l
for each x € X. This is equivalent to saying that if i:Y—> I ( D is an isometric imbedding of Y into a suitable I -space (the index set T may be 00
uncountable) then
IT € N {X,l ( D ) . p
00
Theorem: The following are equivalent: (i)
X € H;
(ii)
T € N (X,£ ) => T*€ N (I ,X*); 2 2 2 2 # #
(iii) T € N {X,l ) =» T € QN [I ,X ); (iv) (v)
T € QN (X,l ) =» T € N (£ ,X ); T € QN (X,£ ) =» T*€ QN (£ ,X*). 22 22
Proof: C l e a r l y for
Hilbert
N c QN c II
regardless
of t h e s p a c e s
i n v o l v e d and s i n c e
s pK a c e s H , H , n ( H , H ) = y ( H , H ) , a g6 l a n c e 1
representation shows that
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
a t t h e Schmidt
50
Retherford: Hilbert space
Thus,
y (H ,H ) = N (H ,H ) = QN (H ,H ) = II (H ,H ) 2
for Hilbert
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
spaces. So we certainly have
1
2
(i )=»( ii )=»( iii)
and
(i)=>(iv)=»
(v)=»(iii). Thus we need only show (iii) =» (i). Let T € N(X). Rushing once again to the diagram we (iii)
K*6*
€
see that by construction, 8 € N (c ,1 ) so by
QN 2 U 2 ,X*)c
TI U ^ X * ) .
Also
S*K*€
iyx*,£ 2 ),
i.e.
T €ll -TI (X ) so T has absolutely converging eigenvalues.
VI. Theorem of Rosenberger [R]: We end these Hilbert space characterizations with a result which requires a generalization of the Hilbert-Schmidt
operators to a
class of operators different from the absolutely two summing operators. For
T € £(X,Y)
let
a (T) = inf {|T-A|: rank A * n-1}.
On
Hilbert space
a (T) = X (/TT n
) [Pi4].
n
Let, f o r 1 s p < +oo,
X,Y) = s (X,Y) = IT I T € m,Y)
| £ C£(TX+CO|
Then clearly for Hilbert spaces H , H
S (H ,H ) = y (H ,H ). 2 However, S (X,Y).
1 2
2
1 2
for arbitrary Banach spaces X,Y it is not true that II2(X,Y) = These
properties of
ideas a (T)
are
due
to
Pietsch
[Pi4].
Using
multiplicative
it is easy to show that
S • S c S. 2 2 1 Also
[JKMR]
if T
€
S (X) then
the
eigenvalues
of
T
are
absolutely
Retherford: Hilbert space
51
summable. Thus (same idea as the strategy) to show that X € H i t i s enough to show that
T € N(X) implies
(under various hypotheses)
that
T € S•
S2(X).
Theorem: The following are
equivalent:
(i)
X €H;
(ii)
f o r a l l p , 1 s p < co, N ( X , £ ) c S ( X , i ) a n d N ( X * , £ ) c S ( X * , £ ) ; p
(iii)
there
is
a
p,
2
^
2
p
<
2
2
+oo such
p
that
2
N (X,£)
2
c
2
S (X,£)
and
N (X*,£ )c S (X*,£ ).
p 2 2 2 Proof: i)=>(ii). It is easily seen that N (H ,H ) c II (H ,H ) for Hilbert p
spaces H ,H . A. Pelczynski
1
2
p
1 2
[P] has shown t h a t in t h i s case
n (H ,H ) = n (H ,H ) p
for a l l
1
2
2
1
2
p, l^p<+oo. Thus if p^2
^"rV Clearly
i f lsp<2,
( i i )=>( i i i ) i s ( i i i M i ) .
=
c N (H H ) c P r 2
W V
N (H , H ) c n ( H , H )
L e t T e N(X). Again from But
m
5 € N (I tt ) and so, as above, o
o
t h ediagram
Nc N f o r p > 2 so by ( i i i ) 2p
2
s o (i)=»(ii).
trivial.
* 2
V ^ ' V = y2(Hi'V-
2
m
shown that a (T) = a (T ) for compact T n n S • S2(X) and so has absolutely
1
€ 1
€ S (X ,1 ). 2
m
6 K
#
6 K
5 K€ N (X,£ ).
2
2
S ( X , £ ) . Now 2
2
But, Hutton
[Hu] has
2
and so K 8 € S (£ ,X). Thus T€ 22 2 2
converging
eigenvalues.
Observe
that
reflexivity, used in [R], is not needed. 6. REMARKS. This concludes the applications of the eigenvalue theorem. Of course there are many more results scattered through the literature which can
be proved
by this
strategy
of diagram
chasing.
This
does not
necessarily detract from these results nor the theorems discussed here. Most
of these
results
were
obtained
when
we had the "complemented"
subspace problem" not the "complemented" subspace theorem". And remember, the eigenvalue theorem has its proof hidden in the complemented subspace
52
Retherford: Hilbert space
theorem. Really, what we have shown is that, unknown to
the various
authors, at the time, the eigenvalue behavior of nuclear operators on the given space unifies essentially all of the operator characterizations of Hilbert space.
BIBLIOGRAPHY [C] [Dl]
[D2]
[GLR] [Gl] [G2] [G3]
[H]
Cohen, J. (1970). A characterization of inner-product spaces using absolutely 2-summing operators. Studia Math. 38, 271-276. Dvoretzky, A. (1961). Some results on convex bodies and Banach spaces. Proc. Int. Symposium on Linear Spaces, Jerusalem 123-160. Dvoretzky, A. (1966). A characterization of Banach spaces isomorphic to inner product spaces. Proc. Colloquium Convexity, Univ. of Copenhagen 61-66. Gordon, Y.; Lewis, D.R. and Retherford, J.R. (1973). Banach Ideals of operators with applications. J. Funct. Anal. 14, 85-129. Grothendieck, A.(1955). Produits tensoriels et espaces nucleaires Memoir of the Am. Math. Soc. 16. Grothendieck, A. (1956). Resume de la theorie metrique des produits tensoriels topologiques. Bol. Soc. Math. Sao Paulo 8, 1-79. Grothendieck, A. (1951). Sur le notion de produit tensoriel topologique d'espaces vectoriels topologique, et une class remarquable d'espaces vectoriels liees a cette notion. C.R. Acad. Sci. Pris 233 1556-1558. Holub, J.R. (1972). A characterization of subspaces of L (ji). p
Studia Math. 42, 265-270. [Hu] Hutton, C.V. (1974). On the approximation numbers of an operator and its adjoint. Math. Ann. 210, 277-280. [JKMR] Johnson, W. B.; Konig, H. ; Maurey,B. and Retherford, J.R. (1979). Eigenvalues of p-summing and I -type operators in Banach p
[K] [LP] [MR] [P] [Pil] [Pi2] [Pi3] [Pi4]
spaces. J. Funct. Anal. 32, 380-400. Kwapien, S. (1970). A linear topological characterization of inner product spaces. Studia Math. 38, 277-278. Lindenstrauss, J. and Tzafriri, L. (1971) On the complemented subspaces problem. Israel J. Math. 9 , 263-269. Morrell, J.S. and Retherford, J.R. (1972). p-trivial Banach spaces. Studia Math. 48, 1-25. Pelczynski, A. (1967). A characterization of Hilbert-Schmidt operators. Studia Math. 28 355-360. Pietsch, A. (1963). Absolut p-summierende Abbildungen in lokal konvexen Raumen. Math. Nachr. 27, 77-103. Pietsch, A. (1967). Absolut p-summierende Abbildungen in normierten Raumen. Studia Math. 28, 333-353. Pietsch, A. (1969). Hilbert-Schmidt Abbildungen in Banach Raumen. Math. Nachr., 37, 237-245. Pietsch, A. (1970). Ide'ale von S -Operatoren in Banachraumen. p
[Pi5] [PI]
Studia Math. 38, 59-69. Pietsch, A. (1978). Operator Ideals. VEB Deutscher Verlag des Wissenschaften, Berlin. Plans, A. (1959). Zerlegung von Folgen im Hilbertraum in Heterogonal Systeme. Archiv der Mathematik, T.X. , 304-306.
Retherford: Hilbert space [P12] [P13] [P14] [P15] [PB] [R] [Ru]
[S] [W]
53
Plans, A. (1961). Propiedades angulares de la convergencia en el espacio de Hilbert. Rev. Mat. Hisp.-Amer., T. XXI , 100-109. Plans, A. (1959). Propiedades angulares de los sistemas heterogonales. Rev. Acad. Ciencias de Zaragoza T. XV, 2. Plans, A. (1961). Resultados acerca de una generalizaci6n de la semejanza en el espacio de Hilbert. Coll. Math. XIII, 241-258. Plans, A. (1963). Los operadores acotados en relacion con los sistemas asintdticamente ortogonales. Coll. Math. XV, 105-110. Plans, A. and Burillo, P. (1975) Operadores Nucleares y Sumabilidad en bases ortonormales. Facultad de Ciencias, Zaragoza. Rosenberger, B. (1975). Approximationszahlen, p-nucleare Operatoren und Hilbertraum-charakterisierungen. Math. Ann. 213, 211-221. Ruston, A.F. (1951). On the Fredholm theory of integral equations for operators belonging to the trace class of a general Banach space. Proc. London Math. Soc. (2), 53, 109-124. Saphar, P. (1970). Produits tensoriels d'espaces de Banach et classes d'applications lineaires. Studia Math. 38, 71-100. Weyl, H. (1949). Inequalities between the two kinds of eigenvalues of a linear transformation. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 35, 408-411.
PARTICULAR
M-BASIC
SEQUENCES IN BANACH SPACES.
Paolo Terenzi Dipart. di Matematica del Pol. di Milano, Milano, Italy. Dedicated to Antonio Plans on his 65 t h birthday.
Abstract. We are concerned with the existence of M-bases with weaker properties than the strong M-basis, moreover, with the possibility of decomposing an M-basis in a finite number of subsequences with more regular properties.
INTRODUCTION. In what follows B is a Banach space; for the definitions of biorthogonal system, minimal, uniformly minimal, M-basis, norming M-basis, strong M-basis, basis with brackets and basis, see [1] or [2] and [3]. Let (x ) be a sequence with B = [x ] (=span (x )); we shall n
n
n
consider the representation of the elements of B by means of the elements of (x ). n
We suppose (x ) minimal, with (x ,f ) biorthogonal and llx 11 = 1 n
for
every
n.
By
n
[4] there
exists
an
n
" n"
increasing
sequence
(q )
of
m m=0
integers, with q =0, such that for every x of B there exists 0 numbers for which
(1)
x = lim p oo
[
q P
r
q m
i
, P+l
"\
I I *."»*• ' I v.
m=lL
n=q
+1
m-1 where (q ) does not depend on x. m
We s h a l l say t h a t x of B i s
J
n = q +1 p
J
(a ) of n
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
55 m
[
-,00
V f (X) X L,
n
n I J
m=l
n=l m
(ii) bounded on
(x ) if it is not
lim
n
X f (x)x n
Li n=l
m o1o1 mm
= +».
n »
A panorama of the representation of B by means of (x ) is as n
follows
(the definitions
of
"middle
M-basis"
and
"quasi
basis
with
brackets" are new): a) (x ) uniformly minimal <
> lim f (x)=0 for every x of B;
n
n oo
oo
b) ( x j M-basis <
> £ |fn(xH > °
n for
every
x * 0
of B;
n=l
c) (x ) norming M-basis <
\ for every x of
n
|/| s K sup {|f(x)|;f€ span (f ) ||f| = l>, where K(2:l) is fixed; d) (x ) middle M-basis <
> every bounded
(on (x )) element of B is
n
n
regular on (x ); n
e) (x ) strong M-basis t
i every element of B is regular on (x );
n
n
f) (x ) quasi-basis with brackets i
? for every x of B there exist a
n
permutation (n) of (n) and an increasing sequence (p ) oo
integers, with p = 0 , such that x = ) *0 L m=0
f
p
of
m m=0 m
) \ L^
f~ (x) x~ n n
^ ~_ m-1
rf V g) (x ) basis with brackets < >x = ) ) where (q ) is the sequence of (1);
1 f (x) for every x of B,
00
h) (x ) basis < n
> x = V f (x)x for every x of B. u
n
n
n=0
We know that every separable B has an uniformly minimal norming M-basis, moreover we know that a separable B in general does not
56
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
have a basis with brackets; the existence of e) or f) is an open question. In ,fl we
consider the existence of the middle basis and of
other intermediate M-bases; in §2 we consider the basic subsequences of an M-basis and the possible decomposition in a finite number of subsequences with more regular properties; in §3 there are two open problems.
1. MIDDLE M-BASES AND QUASI-STRONG M-BASES. Firstly we prove the existence of the middle M-basis in the reflexive spaces. Theorem 1. If the dual is separable B has a middle M-basis. Proof. Let (x ) be an M-basis of B. Let (g ) be dense in the unit sphere n n # of B . Let q be the first integer such that g (x ) * 0, we set i
i qt
g
y = x f o r l ^ n ^ qM n
n
consider g , if (x ) 2
e g
In n>q
q >q such that g (x 2
y
n =V = x
x=
x
In
n
i(Xn]
- —-,
g (X ) 1 q
r- x q 1
for n > q ; 1
we consider g , otherwise there exists 3
2j_
)*0, then we set lq
2
for
V 1 *n * % • 2
x
, l
-
In 7
„
^ x
for n > q .
So proceeding we get (y ) and a not decreasing sequence {I ) n
n
of integers, so that for every m (2)
span (y ) m
n n=l
= span ( x ) m
n n=l
, (y ) « c g . n n>£ m
m, -1-
Terenzi: M-basic sequences Since
(y )
is
n
57
obviously
minimal
it
follows
that
oo
M-basis of B, indeed, by (2) if y € n [y ] 1
n n—m
' m=l
(y ) n
is
we have g (y) = 0 for every n
n, hence y=0. If (y ) is not strong M-basic, by [3] (p. 243, prop. 8.11, n
3) we have that there exist x of B and (n) = (n )u(n'), k
k
(n )n(n' ) = 0, so k
k
that setting Y'=[y , ], n
k
x + y € n ty 11
m=l
+ Y>
> llx + Y> II = i-
i
k^m
n k
"
"
Then there exist F of (B/Y*)* and f of B* so that
(3)
F(x+Y') = |F| = 1 = ||f| = f(x), where f(x) = F(x+Y') Vx € B.
Let (g ) be a subsequence of (g ) such that i
n P
(4)
||g - f I < 1/2P for every p.
We shall prove that x is not bounded on (y ), which will prove the thesis. n
Indeed suppose x bounded, there exist two increasing sequences (r ) and m
(t ) of integers such that, for every m,
(5)
[ uY fk (x) y = 1 ) f (x)ny k I l l II ^ nu w k=l
k
k=l
h a < + ». k
For every integer p £ 1 there exists
m(p)
(6)
p
x = V f ( x )y , + V P L nk \ L k
k=i
K
a y , Pk k
k=s
+i
p-i
s
p-l
= n' t
m(p)
> I . ||x - x|| < — . i
p
"H p
"
_p 2
with
58 By ( 2 ) ,
Terenzi: M-basic sequences (6),
(3),
(4) and (5) i t follows
that
m(p) lim
8.i
p oo
(x
= lim
J P
\
m(p) = lim P -*»
*
k.l t
l i m ||g. p->oo
fn,(x)
f||-
lim - ^ - = 0;
y
k
p
k
on the other hand, by (3), (6) and (4),
lim poo
I
i
p
-x)) |
(x ) | = lim | f ( x ) + f ( x - x ) + (g p ' ' p i p oo p £ 1 -
lim |f p oo
(x - x ) + (g P
p oo
P p
^ 1 - lim [|xp-x| - lim
- f )(x + (x - x ) ) |
!
+
|g t - f|[||x|
+
||x
r I + I r iixii + i i i = iUP
?p
i "
ppJJ
•
therefore x cannot be bounded on (y ), which completes the proof of th. I. n
Let us consider
another
intermediate
sequence between the
M-basis and the strong M-basis. We know that (x ) is strong M- basic «=> (x +[x ] n
n k
)
n' i=1 k=l i
every (n) = (n )°°_ u (n')°°_
is M-basic for
, (n )n(n')=0.
Then we say that (x ) is numerably strong M-basic if there n
exists a numerable sequence of partitions of (n)
Terenzi: M-basic sequences N
such
59
,=
that (x n^
+ [ x , ]°° )°° n t j j . i k=l
is
M-basic for
i= l,2,
Next theorem shows the existence of this intermediate type of M-bases.
Theorem II. Let
(x )
be a sequence of
B
with
[x ]
n
dimension and let
of infinite
n
(N ) be a numerable sequence of partitions of
N = (n ) i
ik k=l
u (n' )
ik k=l
(n)
, (n ) n (n' )=0 , i = l,2,... ik
ik
Then there exists (y ) of [x ] such that n
n
(i) (y ) is norming M-basis of [x ]' with (y ) n
n
for every m, where
n n—m
c span(x )
n n—q
m
(q ) is a non decreasing sequence of integers with m
q
>+oo; m
(ii) (y ) is numerably strong M-basic along the sequence n
i
of partitions of (n). Proof. By th. I of [5] we can suppose (x ) norming M-basic. n
Consider i=l. We have (x ) = x x
1
u (x
)_
n kt Ik " '1
u (x
)
n kt n' Ik k^t1
Set
y = x 1
i
, x
in
= x
n
;k
for k £ t ' , ;k oo
"lk
~
1
"lk
m=t 1
suppose that
(x
+ X') In
(N )
1 n=l
i s an M-basis of X 1
, with (x + X \ F ) In
1
In
60
Terenzi: M-basic sequences biorthogonal, (f
)c B
so that f (x) = F F (x+X') for forevery x of B
In
In
In In
1
and for every n. Consider f . n There exists an increasing sequence such
f (x
that
11
X
i,i
)* 0
for every
k
(p(l,l,k)) of integers
(otherwise
it would
be
n lp(l,l,k)
cf
111
), then we set
x
= x ln
n
lk
ik
for t £ k s p(l,l,l); *
moreover, for every k and for p(l,l,k)+l ^ i ^ p(l,l,k+l),
fi (x ) 11
n li
= X
X In
n li
li
77 / f (X 11
Then f (x' 11
ln
X n lp(l,l,k)
n
) = 0 for k > p(l,l,l); that is
ik
n
f
+ X'1
|x'
m = p(l,l,l) + lL
Consider
> )
.
If
(]
ln
s i x + X' I
'L^
lk
x'
m£p(l,l,l) •-
+ "lk
L I"
X' -"k^m
cF .
1J^2
j. F
U±
there
exists
increasing sequence (p(l,2,k)) _ of integers such that
f (x* n
* 0 for every k, hence we set
x
= x' In
lk
an
-1-
for p(1,1,1)+l < k ^ p(l,2,l);
1n lk
moreover, for every k and for p(l,2,k)+l ^ i ^ p(l,2,k+l),
)
ipd,2,k)
Terenzi: M-basic sequences f „ x
(x* 12
>
=
In l i li
x In
12
li
n lp(l,2,k)
such that
= span (x )
In n>l
;
n n>l
c span (x )
I n n^m
l
In n>l
span (x ) (x )
\ )
l n
So proceeding we get y u (x ) 1
)
In
7Z / * f (x
In l i
61
for every m, where (q ) i s a non
n n^q lm
ltn
decreasing sequence of integers with q — > +oo; lm
(x In + [xIn' ]°° )°° j=t* k=t Ik
lj
1
is
M-basic.
1
Consider i=2. We have
(X
ln)n>2=
(X
2
1,2
; x
2n' 2k
)
Ik
= Set y =x
ln
(X
=x
In' 2k
k ^ s U( X l n ' 1
Ik
.n2k K±e2U
(X
for k £ s
W
1
ln'2k W 2
2
Suppose that 00
x' = [x
]
ln
(x 2n
(f
2k^2
+ X')°° 2 n=l
p
, x = n 2
m=
x
S2Lln2k
21
2J
J = S 2
Jk^
M-basis of X with (x +X',F )°° biorthogonal, 2
2n
and for every n.
We have that
ln
2n
2
2n n=l
)°° c B* so that f (x) = F (x + X' ) for every x of B
2n n=l
Consider f .
-i
i 00
+ [x
2n
2
62
Terenzi: M-basic sequences (n
= (n(1)) ^ (i) U (n(2)) > (2) with
)
2k k^s
2k
2
k^s
2k
2
k^s
2
Consider
two
increasing
sequences
2
1
of
integers
(p
(2,l,k))°°_
(i =l,2)
so
that
f
21
(x (i) In
(i) 2p (2,l,k)
) * 0 for every k and for i=l,2
(maybe that one of these two sequences of integers does not exist, for example for i=l, then we shall set x
(1) = x
2n
ln 2k
(1) for k^s
and we
2
2X
shall consider only i=2). Now we set, for i=l,2,
x
s (l) s k s p (i) (2,l,l);
(i) = x (i) for 2n
2k
moreover, for every k and for p U) (2,l,k) + 1 ^ j s p ( i ) (2, 1, k+1),
f (8)
Then
X* (i) = X (i) n 2j °2j
f
(x*
) =
0
for
21
(X (1)) In X
f
21
large
(X (i) ) In 2p(2,l,k)
k;
moreover
(i) 2p(2,l,k)
n
(x*
+
[x' , ]°°_ t) ^
still M-basic because by (7) and (8) we have that
[*' . ] " _ .
(x* 2n
)^
= Ix , 1". . ;
c span(x
k^m
)^ In
for every m, where (q(l,m))
k2:q(l,m)
is a non decreasing sequence of integers with q(l,m)—> +00.
In the same way we consider f
and so on.
is
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
63
So proceeding we get (y , y ) u (x &
&
1^2
span (x
)
)
= span (x
2n n>2
(x
)
such that
2n n>2
)
;
In n>2
c span (x
2n n^m
)
for every m > 2, where (q
In n^q
) is a
2m
non decreasing sequence of integers with q —> +« ; 2m
(x
2n
+ [x Ik
(x
2n' lj
+ [x
^3
)°°
i s M-basic;
j=s* k=s 1 1
, ]°° ,) i s 2n
Consider i=3. We set y = x
]°°
J=S
2J
M-basic.
2
; then we have 2,3
= (x2n )k^r U (x2n )k^r' Ik
= (X *• x «
~
Set x
3n' 3k
= x
2n* 3k
Ik
U (X
'. «^
t
1
)
U IX
J
for k ^ r . Suppose that K 3
X' = [X 3
]
2n' k^r' 3k 3
(x + X')°° 3m
(f
1
)
^
. X = 3
M-basis of X
3 n=l
)°°
f|
'' m=r
tx
c B*
so that f
Consider f . 31
We have that
"
in
2n' 3j
(x) = F
]
j=r'
+ X' , F
3n
3n
and for every n.
tx
3k
with (x
3
3n n = l
+
2n
3
] 3
k^m
) biorthogonal,
3n
(x+Xl) for every x of B 3n
3
64
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
~r3
3k
~P3
3k k ^
k2:r3
(3)
~ ri
Ik k^rj
_
~P2
2k
k ^
,
P
F
~ 3
P
~ 3
~F2
~ 1
We consider again four sequences of integers (p
(3,l,k))°°_
(1=1,2,3,4) so that
f
31
(x
2n
(i) ) * 0 for (i) 3p (3,1,k)
e v e r y k and f o r
1=1,...,k
.
If some of these sequences of integers do not exist, then we shall proceed as for (p(i)(2,l,k)). It is now sufficient to set , for i=l,...,4,
x
r(i)-s k ± p(i)(3.1,l) ;
(i) = x (i) for
3n 3k
2n 3k
3
moreover, for every k and for (p(l}(3, 1, k) + l ^ j * p (l) (3,1,k+1),
f (x (D) 31
2n X
2n (U (i, 3
3p
Now the procedure is clear, for (f ^
)
(
(3,l,k)
and for i>3.
3n n>l
So proceeding we get (y ) as in the thesis (indeed, since (x ) is norming and since (y )
n n^m
n
n
c span (x )
n n^q
with q —-> +oo, (y ) is norming too). This m
m
n
completes the proof of th. II. We shall say that an M-basic sequence
(x ) is quasi-strong n
M-basic if (x ) has the possibility to become strong M-basic by means of n
the procedure of Th. II; that is if, after removing the not regular points along a numerable sequence of partitions of
(n), the sequence becomes
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
65
strong M-basic. About
the stability we point
out
that
a middle
strong) (quasi-strong) (strong) M-basic sequence keeps its sufficiently
"near" sequences:
it is sufficient
(numerably
properties for
to prove this for the
strong M-bases.
Proposition.
If
(x ) is strong M-basic in B,
there exists
(e ) of
n
n
positive numbers such that every (y ) of B with fly - x II < c n
n"
n
for every n
n is strong M-basic. Proof. If (x ,f ) is biorthogonal suppose that n
n
= l/(2 n + 1 ||f ||) for every n.
||y - x II < e 11
n"
n
" n"
n
Following the techniques of the proof of the Krein-Milman-Rutman theorem (see [2] p. 84-99) it immediately follows, for every (a ) m
, of numbers,
n n=l
H I Ia * h I Ta y I s I I Ta * 2 £
L< n=l
n
n
IIn=l L. n
n II
^
In=1 L n n
If (y ) is not strong M-basic there exist (n) = (n ) u (n*), (n ) n (n')= 0 n
°
k
k
k
k
and y of B so that
p
r
_p
(10)
II y + iy niJ III = i ; III y - fI L) ap, kyn:,k + Y } II < ?L<--, \k yvk-' k=s
for every p where (s )
0
Set for every p
p
r
P
=
+1
is an increasing sequence of integers with s =0.
p p=0
x
p-1
) a x L Pk nik
+ k *—k=s +1 p-1
n
k
66
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
by (9) and (10) there e x i s t s x of [x ] so that n limx
= x
hence
,
^ ^ | | x + [ x
K
p-X»
]
II s 2 ;
k
(x ) would not be strong M-basic, which completes the proof of
the proposition.
2. BASIC SUBSEQUENCES AND DECOMPOSITION IN A FINITE NUMBER OF MORE REGULAR SUBSEQUENCES. Firstly we consider the from a sequence.
"extraction" of basic
subsequences
It is well known that every M-basic sequence has an
infinite basic subsequence. The presence of these basic subsequences is very "visible" in the norming and uniformly minimal case, as follows:
Theorem III. If (x ) is norming and uniformly minimal there exists an n
increasing sequence
(q )
of
integers with q =0
m m=0
( xn ) m
m=l
with
qm-1 + l ^ nm ^ q
such
that every
0 m
for every m is basic.
Proof. Since (x ) is norming we can choose the sequence (q ) of (1) so n
m
that, for every m. 1
n n>q
" "
m+1
Consider (x
n m
) with q
m-l
+1 ^ n
Let x € [x
q
) * llxll (1 - - ) for every x € [x ] m
d i s t (x, [x ]
^ q
mm
_m 2
n n=l
for every m.
] with |x| = 1, by (1) and since (x ) is uniformly m
minimal there exists a subsequence p ^ p(i) and for every i,
(p(i)) of (i) such that, for every
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
67
p
I
1
x - f V f (x) x + V L
I
n m
m=l
a x 1 | < -; f (x) n m m l p+1 L . J I 2
n m
m=q +1 P
P
I
P
x - y f (x) x + x I > I x - y f (x) x I fl - - 1 for L
n m
n
H
L
n
everym x € II [x ]II
n I I
m
n n>q
m
II
o
ij
J_ J
V
p+1
It follows that
I
P
-
P
r
-
x - m= ) f1 L
n
II
( x ) x n
m
II -
P+*
r
-
< x - )m=f 1
m"
L
"
n
q p+2
p+1
( x ) x m
V" n
- m=q > m
/ L
a +1
^ p+1 tn=q +1
II m
x
1
m . " 1 -
ro i 1 2-
Vi
< f I x - Y f (x) x - V a "-^p,,*1
.-1
21"1
2
'
1 - Il 2
for every i, that is x = y f (x) x , which completes the proof. L
n
n
We pass to consider the possible decomposition of an M-basis in a finite number of more regular subsequences. It is known that, if (x ) is norming M-basic, the sequence n
(q ) of (1) can be selected so that oo
U m= l
q
(x ) 2 m
n n=q +1 2m-l
oo
and
U m= 0
q
(x )
2m+1
n n=q +1 2m
are basic with brackets.
In the example of [4] we proved that in general an M-basic
68
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
sequence
(x ) cannot
be decomposed
in a f i n i t e
number of
basic
with
n
brackets subsequences (also if (x ) is quasi-basic with brackets). n
In a recent seminar at Zaragoza the following questions were raised: Question 1. Is it possible to decompose every M-basic sequence in 2 (or in a finite number of ) strong M-basic subsequences? Question 2. Does there exist in every M-basic sequence a strong M-basic (or basic) subsequence which is "maximal" (that is, by adding infinite elements the sequence loses its properties)? Next three examples give negative answers to question 1. 00
In what
follows
(x ) = U (x
)
is algebraic
basis of a
mn n=l
n
linear space L; (y ) is M-basis of a Banach space Y, with Y n L = 0. n
EXAMPLE 1.
Suppose that
(y )
is not strong
M-basic
and set for every
n P
U
P
(a )
m=l
mk k=l
of numbers
p
(11)
p
p
m-1
I y f y a x 1 1 = I y I y (a x +a x )+a x I \\ L [
L
m=l
mk mkj ||
|| L \\ L
k=l
m=l
mk mk km km
mm mmfl
k=l
m-1
p
= Im=l 7(1 k=l J ( | a |+|a f c | ) + | a | )y I || L \ || L
' mk '
' km'
' mm'
m ||
This defines a norm on span (x ), n
since, beeing
(y ) minimal, there exists n
moreover
(x ) is minimal n
(6 ) of positive numbers such n
that, for every (a ) m
of numbers,
n n=l
|a | 5 ;
ay
' n'
n
n n
hence for every
U m=l
(a ) p _ of numbers by (11) it follows that
69
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
L^L'mk m=l
k=l
m=l
1
kj
k=l
Moreover (x ) is M-basis of X = [x ], since otherwise there n
n
would exist x of X, ||x| = 1, an increasing sequence (p(s)) of integers and a sequence (a ) of numbers so that, for every s p(s +
m-l
f V (a x +a x )+a x 1 I < -i— ,
x m=p(s)+l
[
l_^ k=l
mk mk
km km
mm mmj
||
~s +l
hence for every i
p(s+l)
m-l
I (£••-".
. +a x mk
m=p(s)+l
p(s+l+l)
* I"
)a
km km
k=l
.
mm i mmj
m-l
)
)
/ I m=p(s+i)+l
/ k=l
(a x +a x mk mk
)+a x
km km
mm mmj
2s
therefore, setting for p(s)+l ^ m ^ p(s+l) and for p(s+i)+l ^ m ^ p(s+i+l)
k=l
by (11) i t follows that
p(s+l)
Y L^
m=p(s)+l
bm my > 1 - J— , I V b y - V bb yy I < p s + 1 II L^ m m Z - m mll m=p(s)+l
,
m=p(s+i)+l
which is impossible since (y ) is M-basic. n
We claim that (x ) cannot be decomposed in two strong M-basic
70
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
subsequences. We point out by
(11), that for every m and n, (x
)
and
mn n=l
(x
)
are not strong M-basic. Suppose (x ) = (x
mn m=l
n
(x t) strong M-basic; since n'
n
) k
u (x
k=l
)
n' k=l k
(y ) is not strong M-basic, by
with
(11) there
n
e x i s t s an i n f i n i t e s u b s e q u e n c e ( m ( i ) ) of (m) s u c h t h a t
U (x
)" m(i)n
therefore (x
n' k
fi
(x , ) ;
n=l
n ) cannot be strong M-basic, since every (x &
)
m(i)n n=l
is not
strong M-basic, for every i. This completes the example.
EXAMPLE 2.
As in example 1, where now we can suppose (by example 1) that
it is not possible to decompose (y ) in two strong M-basic subsequences. n
Therefore now, for every m and n, it is not possible to decompose (x ) mn n=l
and (x
)
in two strong M-basic subsequences.
mn m=l
Then, proceeding as in example 1, if (x )= (x with (x
n
)
u (x )
n k=l k
n
n k=l k
) strong M-basic, it is not possible to decompose (x
n k
k
) in two
strong M-basic subsequences. That is, it is not possible to decompose (x ) n
in three strong M-basic subsequences. So proceeding for every m there exists an M-basic sequence which cannot be decomposed in m strong M-basic subsequences. EXAMPLE 3. Suppose that, for every m,
(y
)
is M-basis of a Banach
mn n=l
space Y , so that
it is not possible to decompose
(y
) in m strong
mn
m
M-basic subsequences, moreover suppose that Y +Y + ...+Y + ...n L = 0. We 1 2 P
set for every
U m=l
(a
)
of numbers
mn n=l
\l[l \. *J | = I a
•
mn
y mn
m
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
71
Then (x ) i s M-basic of X = [x ] = V [x n
n
]°°
L
; but i t i s not
mn n=l
m=l possible to decompose (x ) in a finite number of strong M-basic subsequences n
Finally the next example gives negative answer to question 2.
P
EXAMPLE 4. If (x ) and (y ) are as above, set now for every n
n
U
(a
)
mk k=l
m= l
of
numbers
m=l
k=l
Set X = [x ], it is easy to see that (x ) is an M-basis of X. n
Let (x
n
) be a strong M-basis (basic) subsequence of (x ), with
n
n
(xn ) = U (xp(m)q(k) )°° ; k=l k
m=l
it cannot be (p(m))=(m) otherwise by (12) (x
) would not be strong
n
k
M-basic, since (y ) is not strong M-basic. n
Therefore if m € (p(m)) we have that (x
n
) u (x-, ) k
mk
k=i
is
still strong M-basic (basic). Hence (x ) does not have a "maximal" n
strong M-basic (basic) subsequence.
3. OPEN PROBLEMS. About the middle M-bases: Problem 1_. Does there exist in every separable Banach space a middle M-basis?
This
is a weaker
problem
than
the
existence
of
the
strong
M-basis. About the quasi-strong M-basis: we don't know an example of an M-basis which is not quasi-strong M-basis, hence.
72
Terenzi: M-basic sequences
Problem 2. Is every M-basis a quasi-strong M-basis ? By th. II a positive answer to problem 2 implies positive answer to existence of the strong M-basis.
REFERENCES. [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
Lindenstrauss, J. &Tzafriri, L. (1977). Classical Banach spaces I. Sequence spaces. Springer-Verlag 1977. Singer, I. (1970). Bases in Banach spaces I. Springer-Verlag. Singer, I. (1981). Bases in Banach spaces II. Springer-Verlag. Terenzi, P. (1984). Representation of the space spanned by a sequence in a Banach space. Archiv. der Mathematik 43, pp. 448-459. Terenzi, P. (1987). On the theory of fundamental norming bounded biorthogonal systems in Banach spaces. Transactions of the A.M.S. (299) 2, p. 497-509.
BEHAVIOUR OF SEMhFREDHOLM OPERATORS ON A HUBERT CUBE Alvaro A. Rodes Usan. Departamento de Matematicas. Universidad de Zaragoza.
A Antonio Plans, mi maestro y amigo.
0. INTRODUCTION be
Let H be a real separable Hilbert space. Let B, £j, o
the
set of bounded linear, compact and nuclear operators on H respectively. There
are
several
characterizations
through
absolute
summability of distinct types of operators of B. For instance
A € 3
if and only if 3(e ) orthonormal basis (o.n.b. ) of H,
1
n
£ ||AeJ< co [Ho] Y |Ae ||< oo for every o.n.b. of H if and only if A=0 [Bu]
Ae 3if inf j £ |AeJ; (ej (o.n.b.) of H j = £ |AeJ< « where (e ) denotes the orthonormal basis of singular vectors of A (i.e n
*
eigenvectors of (A A)
1/2
).
[Go-Ma]
If we change the role of the unit sphere (support set of all the orthonormal basis) by that of the Hilbert cube, we obtain the Macaev's ideal £
defined by
A€ 3; £ 1/n jAeJ < oo | [Go-K] Since A is linear, Y l / n I"I Aen"|| =LV "IA 1/n e IL so the Macaev's L n" ideal
is
made
up
of
all
the
compact
operators
which
give
absolute
74
Rod€s: Semi-Fredholm operators
summability over the vectors (e /n) which are precisely the central points n
of the faces of the Hilbert cube associated to the o.n.b. of singular vectors
Q(e ) = { x€ H; x = V x e , |x I * 1/n \ n
(^
L
n
n
' n'
J
In this paper we have started to study the set of operators of B which give absolute summability on vector sequences of a Hilbert cube.
The
set
of
o.n. bases
can be
considered
as
the set of
intersections of the unit sphere of H with distinct complete
orthogonal
systems of rays (r ) of H, i.e.
(e ) = S n (r ) n
n
(we take only one of the two intersection vectors) However there are as many Hilbert cubes as ordered o.n. basis. For a fixed Hilbert cube Q, the relative position of a complete orthogonal system of rays (r ) depends obviously on the set of rays; there are even n
complete orthogonal systems of rays which intersect Q only in the null vector,
and
in this case every operator
of B gives clearly
absolute
summability on the intersection vectors of (r )n Q. The problem will be non trivial only when (r ) n Q * 0, n
for ininitely many values of n.
The simplest case (we shall concentrate our attention on it) is when the rays (r ) intersect Q in the central points of its faces, that n
is for the orthogonal system r =[e ], ne IN. (We denote with [ ] the closed n
n
linear span). We only consider the Hilbert cubes whose faces central points are intersections with these rays. Such cubes can be denoted by
Rod6s: Semi-Fredholm operators
75
i
being
| x Iss 1 / n } . ' n1
Our goal is thus studying operators A of B with the condition
If
A
verifies
(*)
we shall
say that
A
gives
absolute
summability over r n
n
^ (Q,A) = inf jY ||A 1/n e , J f
^ (Q,A) = sup |^ ||A 1/n e / J,
1. THE BEHAVIOUR OF OPERATORS WITH RESPECT TO Q
In [Ro.l] the compact operators are characterized by
A€ 3 if and only if VQ, 3c, £ (Q.a.A) < »
This condition is equivalent to
A€ ,3 if and only if VQ, £ (Q,A)=O,
which can be proved easily by convenient choices of permutations o\
In [Ro.2] we have given the following characterization of semi-Fredholm operators
76
Rodes: Semi-Fredholm operators A* 4>+ if and only if 3 Q, £ (Q, 1,A)< oo ($ +
stands for the set of closed range,and finite
dimensional kernel operators).
As in the former case it is easily proved
A* $ + if and only if 3 Q, £ (Q,A)= 0
From now on we shall pay attention to the supremum over the permutations of a given o.n.b.
sup « V IA 1/n e . A,
instead of the infimum as we did before.
We give a new characterization of operators which are not semi-Fredholm, by the existence of o.n.b. which make the former supremum arbitrarily small, that is
inf J sup iy IA 1/n e , J , or permutation of IN V; (e )o.n.b. of H I = O ,
A * $ + if and only if inf j £ (Q.A); Q Hilbert cube 1 = 0 To prove this assertion we have to show first that for a fixed operator A, with non closed range or else with infinite dimensional kernel, and a given e>0, there exists a o.n.b. of H, (e ) verifying n
sup < V ||A 1/n e , J|,
77
Rod6s: Semi-Fredholm operators
On the other hand if A€ $ , it must be proved that for every o.n.b. (e ) +
n
and for every
I» A 1 / n e
in certain finite dimensional
subspaces of H. Such changes are
expresed in the following form
2P)
M :(e ; n=l P
where M
(u ; n=l,
2P)
n
is a 2px 2 P matrix obtained by induction
p
V2
|l
-l|
V2 N
11
I" I p p N -N
1
p
P
N
N 1 p
p+1
*
N
P
_
±1
~N
Numerical lemma: a) lim 2~ p/2 V 1/n = 0 p
n=i
b) Let (a ;n€ IN) and (b ; n€ (N) be n
two non increasing
n
sequences of positive real numbers. Then
sup -I V a b . .; c permutation of IN> = V a b .
Proposition 1.(Operators with non closed range). Let A be a bounded linear operator with non closed range. Then
78
Rod6s: Semi-Fredholm operators
inf | V (Q,A); Q Hilbert cube 1 = 0
Proof. - By [PI] there exists an o.n.b. of H, (e ) such that n
|A e j
> 0.
Let e>0. Take a sequence of positive real numbers (c ; n€ IN) n
s.t. V c < e. We construct a new o.n.b. of H (v ;n€ (N) performing changes U
n
n
in blocks. Block 1 (B. 1). For a given c >0, 3p € IN s.t.
C
-p /2
2
' I
1/n
< 21*1
which is always possible by the numerical lemma a) For p € IN, 3 a € R, a >0
s.t.
a < 1
Take now 2 a-l elements of the basis (e ), le1, e1, . . . , e1 n \ 1 2 Pa J 2
1A ej| < a , (1 = 1
2 ^l) > 0)
Perform
in
[e,e,e,...,e 1 1 2
-1
(this is always possible since ||A e |
the
], given by p
I such that
change
of
o.n.b.
the
subspace
Rod6s: Semi-Fredholm operators M :(e . e 1 ^ 1 , . . . ^ 1 1 1 2* p v
1
79
)
> (u , 1'
P
1 2-1
u
) P
2
1
- Clearly 1^=2
( e ^ e*±e*±...±e
) and then Vie B(l), 1
-(P/2)
-(p /2) l
<2
p
( | A e J + 2 1 at)
-(p/2)
< 2
1
Call
- ( p /2)
(||A||+||A||) = 2
-2
{v , . . . ,v p } the elements {u , . . . ,u p } rearranged so 1 1 2X 21
that
1
2
Thus -(p ||A v || < 2
/2) *
• 21|A|| -(p
and
^
( 1 / i ) ||A vj
Let k =||A v 1
Block
2||A|
^
1 2pi
2 (B.2).
-p/2
2
B(l)
/2) 1
<2
Vie
For c >0,
min
I
1/i
{c
< 2 ||A«
take
k }
p € IN s . t .
80
and f o r p
Rale's: Semi-Fredholm operators
c h o o s e a € K, a >0 s . t .
a
<
In the basis (e ) drop the elements used in the first block 2 . . . PP2 . . f2 " 2 2 "I je ,ee", . .e. p, e &>p and take take 2 2 -1 -1 elements elements -je", )- s.t.
I1
2
2 2-lJ
|A e2fl < a 2 , (i = l
,2 2 -l)
Perform the following change of basis .
.
M
,
2
2
:(e,e,e P
2
2
(If e
,
,
f
ep
2
*
2
)
> (up
2 2-l
2 ^1
,...,up
p).
2 X+2 2
had already been taken in (B.I) we should take the
first one not in (B.I)). -(p /2) 2
The u.=2
(e ±e 2 ±e 2 ±. . .±e 2 p
)
Vie B(2), and 2
'2)
< 2~ ( F V
"(P / 2 )
PQ
(»Ae 2 |+2
|
( |A||+||A|) =
a ) < 2
-
=2
2 ||A
C a l l now \u p , . . . ,u p p i L 2 +1 2 +2 J
|Av
'
p
i
+1
.....v
p i the
P
2
2 +1
+2
s.t.
| i . . . i
P
2
{•
I-
|Av
P
2
P
+2
|.
-1
rearrangement of
Rode*s: Semi-Fredholm operators Observe
that
||Av
||< 2
| A v || d e c r e a s e s w h e n g o i n g f r o m -(p /2)
P
81
-(p
(B.I) to (B.2)
/2)
2|A||< 2
21Afl J ( l / i ) < k = |Av P ||. u 1 2
2+1 It holds -
(1/i)
||AvJ| < 2
2
21|A||
)
]T
(1/i) =
i€B(2) > 2
"
A
»
1
2
-( P /2) < 2
+
2
2
p 2 |A| (1+1/2+...+1/2
) < c2.
Iterating the process we obtain an orthonormal base of H (v ;ne IN) restricted to the condition
VL (1/n) ||Av 1 < V c < c. " n" L n Since
(|Av |; n€lN) is decreasing,
for the Hilbert
associated to (v ; n€(N), n
V (Q,A) = sup \ V IA l / n v . J
,
= sup < V l / n ||A v . J| , or permutation of IN> = = I l/n ||A v n | < e , and thus
inf I V (Q,A); Q Hilbert cube | = 0.
cube
82
Rodes: Semi-Fredholm operators
Proposition 2. (Closed range operators with infinite dimensional kernel). Let A be a bounded
linear operator with closed range and infinite
dimensional kernel. Then inf | £ (Q,A); Q Hilbert cube
1=0.
Proof.- Distinguish two cases: Case 1: Codim ker A < oo. Equivalently A is a finite rank operator and thus compact. If dim R(A)=k let (e ; n€ IN) be an o.n.b. of H s.t. n
IIAe | | s . . . s | II A e "N||Ae M||A|| II k l l » l11 " " 2
and "||Ae II =0 ,Vn>k. n"
L e t c > 0 , 3 p e IN s . t .
2
*>Mn=l
Perform t h e change o f ( e ; n € IN) n
o.n.b.
> ( v ; n€ .IN), n
construct iong (v ; n€ IN) by the following blocks: n ( B . 1 ) M: ( e . e . e P
l
.. . . , e
k+i
(B.2)M:(e,e p
2
)
e ) k+2-2p-2
k+2 p
> ( v , . . . , v _
k+2p-l
k+2
(B.k) M : (e , . . . , e ) k p P k . 2
1
> (v 2P+1
> (v (k-l)-2p+l
Then -(p/2)
|Av I = 2
||Ae ||
ii
»
i ii
Vi € (B. 1)
i "
-(p/2) IIAv || = 2 II
|
II
||Ae || "
flAvJ| = 0 Vi>k2
k" p
2
Vi € ( B . k )
P
) .
,v ) 22P
v ) k-2p
P and v =e Vn > K-2 n
n
Rod6s: Semi-Fredholm operators
83
Taking into account
||A|| > | | A e J > | | A e 2 | > . . . >
|AeJ,
-(p/2)
I ||AV II < n " n" n€(N
\ I ||A| 2 ^ n » "
=2
|A|| ) - < e. " " / n n= 1
n=l
Since
( ||Av ||; n€lN) i s n o n i n c r e a s i n g
, ) (Q,A)< e where Q i s Lt
n
the Hilbert cube associated to (v ; n€ IN) and inf jy(Q,A);Q Hilbert cubeU = 0. Case 2. Codim ker A=0. Let e>0. Take a sequence of positive real numbers (c ; neIN) n
s.t. y c < G. L n Let •
(ker A)
(u ;n € IN) and (e ; n€ DM) be o.n. bases of ker A and n
n
respectively (B. 1 ) . F o r c >0
3 p € IN s . t .
-
2
•"I
Let M : ( e , u , . . . , u p ) p l l i 2*-l
> (v , . . . , v p ) * 2!
-(p /2)
2
a
lAeJI V i € B ( l ) ,
Y. r i M - I r2"">1'V1l
84
Rodes: Semi-Fredholm operators
*2~ ( V 2 > |A| £ (B.2) A , the existence of
.-L
I < cx.
is a regular operator and therefore we have
m, M > 0 s.t.
0 < m< ||Ae I < M < oo
Vie IN .
Then 3 a>o s . t .
m 0
<
a
< S <
M
K BM II A
II < -
|AT|
< 00.
m
For c >0 take p € IN, (p >p ) v e r i f y i n g : -< P - P ) / 2
a) 2
< a
-(p /2) 2
b) 2
Observe that b) is possible on account of p
P
1 2 2 + 2
P 2 2
-< V ~ i =1
By a) we have
-(W/2. 2
and so
m . «Aei HTAT
Rod6s: Semi-Fredholm operators -(p /2)
85
"(p /2)
2 * |AeJ < 2 * lAeJI which ensures that |Av | is decreasing when going from the first block to the second one. Iterating the process
E l/n
IA v n"II < Y 11 L
c
n
<
c
and
inf | £ (Q,A); Q Hilbert cube 1 = 0 .
Proposition 3. Semi-Fredholm
(Closed range operators with finite dimensional
kernel.
operators $ + ) . Let A be a bounded linear operator with
closed range and finite dimensional kernel. Then
V (e ; n€ N) o.n.b of
H , V 1/n ||Ae ||=oo
and so
inf | £ (Q,A); Q Hilbert cube 1 = «, Proof. It is clear when A is injective, since then for every
o.n.b.
(e ; ne IN), (||Av ||; n€ IN) is bounded from above and from below. n
"
n"
For 0*dim Ker A < oo, let S=(e ;ne!N) be an o.n.b. and S' the n
sequence obtained from S dropping -if there are any- the elements e. which are also in Ker A. (They are at most finitely many). Then S'n ker A= 0, and by [PI]
a) inf IflAeJ; e.€S'| = 0 is equivalent to b) 3(u ; n€N) o.n.b. of (ker A)
s.t.
86
Rode*s: Semi-Fredholm operators inf i||Au ||; n€ INI = 0.
A| r , V-1- must be a n o n closed (. ker*A J operator and so would be A, which leads to a contradiction. But
if b ) holds,
range
So inf (flAeJ; e ^ S'i > 0 and £ 1/n ||AeJ=oo. n
REFERENCES.
[Bu]
Burillo, P.J. (1976). Una conjetura de Maurin sobre operadores nucleares en el espacio de Hilbert. Collect. Math., T. 27. [Go-K] Gohberg, I.e.; Krejn, M. G. (1971). Introduction a la theorie des operateurs non auto-adjoints dans un espace hilbertien. Dunod. [Go-Ma] Gohberg, I.C. ; Markus, A.S. (1964). Some relations between eigenvalues and matrix elements of linear operators. Mat. Sbornik 64 (106), p. 481-496. [Ho] Holub, J.R. (1971). Characterization of nuclear operators in Hilbert space. Rev. Roumaine Math. Pures et Appl. T. XVI n. 5. [PI] Plans, A. (1980). Comportamiento de los operadores lineales acotados en sistemas ortogonales. Acatas de las VII Jornadas Mat. Hispano-Lusas (1980). [Rol] Rodes, A. A. (1980). Ideales de operadores lineales acotados y sumabilidad en el espacio de Hilbert. Tesis Doctoral. Zaragoza. [Ro2] Rodes, A. A. (1984). Una caracterizaci6n de los operadores de Fredholm y Semi-Fredholm. Rev. de la Academia de Ciencias de Madrid. T. LXXVIII p. 497-501.
OPERATORS FROM H1 INTO A BANACH SPACE AND VECTOR VALUED MEASURES-
Oscar Blasco Departamento de Matematicas, Univ. de Zaragoza, Spain. A mi Profesor Antonio Plans.
Abstract. The space of linear operators from the Hardy space H , defined by atoms, into a Banach space is characterized in terms of a class of vector valued measures of bounded mean oscillation.
1. INTRODUCTION AND PREVIOUS DEFINITIONS. The objective of this paper is to give a representation of operators from the
"atomic" Hardy space H1
into a Banach space
using
vector valued measures. In [7] the reader can see a representation of operators
in
3?(LP,X)
p'-semivariation.
in
Here
we
measures closely related shall
obtain
also
some
terms shall
of
X-valued
introduce
a
to functions of bounded results
of
duality
measures
class
and
of
of
bounded
vector
valued
mean oscillation. others
concerning
We the
Radon-Nikodym property. Throughout
the paper
(X, || • | ) will
be
a Banach
space
and
(T,$,m) will denote the Lebesgue space on the circle T with normalized measure. The reader is referred to ([2], [5]) for notions and results concerning Hardy spaces, and to ([3],[4]) for those related
to vector
measures and vector valued functions. Let us recall some definitions we shall use later on.
Definition I. (See [2], [5]) A fuction a in l/d) is said to be an atom if i)
supp a c I, where I is an interval,
ii) Ja(t) dm(t) = 0
88 iii)
Blasco: Operators from H x | a ( t ) |ss m(I)
The c o n s t a n t s
for a l l t€ I
a(t)=z
with
| z | = l are also considered as atoms.
The space H i s now defined as follows HXHf€ L a (T): f = V A a , a
(1.1)
(^
L
k
k
are atoms and
VIA |<» I
k
L i ' k ' J
The norm in this space is given by
(1.2)
atoms}
||f|at = inf { J>J: f= [
Two very well known facts we shall use later are the density of the simple functions in
H
and the fact that the series
f= ) A a L»
converges in
k k
Now inspired by BMO space of John-Nirenberg [6] we define a new class of vector valued meausres. Given a X-valued
measure G,
let
us denote
by
||G|(E) the
semivariation of G over the set. E, i.e.
|G|(E) = sup |JSG|(E): \H\j = l} where
£G
represents the complex measure
£G(A) = <£,G(A)>
and
stands for the variation over E.
Definition 2. Let I be an interval and G a X-valued measure of bounded semivariation. We define the following measure
(1.3)
G x(E) = G(Enl) - (G(I)/m(I))m(EnI)
We shall say that G belongs to u$MQ(X) if
(1.4)
|G|*= |G|= supj mCD^lG*J(I): I interval | < +».
Blasco: Operators from Hx
89
In [1] the author considered a stronger class of vector valued measures, denoted by "BMQiX), where the semi variation is replaced by the variation of the measures. This space was used to characterize the dual space of the atomic Hardy space of vector valued functions. Observe that |G|
G(E) = xm(E) for some vector x satisfies tha
= 0 . Therefore, in order to get a norm, we consider
M w t M m x r IGI* + IG(TT)IX
(i.5)
There are special measures in w$MQ{X) coming from X-valued functions.
Definition 3. Let f be a X-valued Pettis integrable function. We shall say that f belongs to wBMO(X) if
* f I r 1 |f| = sup ^ m(I) |£f(t)-(£f) |dm(tH < +co
(1.6)
where the sup i s taken over a l l i n t e r v a l I and £ in X , and (£f) for mCD^r <€,f(t)> dm(t). J
stands
i
For similar reasons as above we define
lf L HO<X, B
To connect functions and measures let us recall that if f is a X-valued Pettis integrable function with
(1.8)
defines
F(E) = (P)
a
X-valued
ff(t)
measure
identification we can write
sup { |£f |1 : |£||m=l\ < +oo then
I
X
J
dm(t)
of
bounded
semivariation,
and
under
this
90
Blasco: Operators from Hj
(1.9)
wBMO(X) c w&M0(X)
(isometric inclussion).
The coincidence between both spaces will be guaranteed only for spaces with the Radon-Nikodym property as we shall see in Corollary 3.
2. THE THEOREM. The lemma we shall need uses an idea coming from martingale theory and allows us to associate to each vector valued measure in w2MG{X) a sequence of vector valued functions contained within a ball of wBMO(X). Denoting by
= (k-1 )2~n, k2~n)
I
the dyadic
intervals of
n, k
length 2~n, and taking a X-valued measure G we define
2-l
(2.D
g y xn,k *I gn = y / n
where x
=
/ *—-
G(I
n,k
I n,k n
n,k
)/m(I n,k
). n, k
The proof of the following lemma can be done by reproducing the one done in [1] for the space $MO(X) instead of vfBMQiX).
Lemma. - Let G belong to vi$MQ{X) then
(2 2 )
lie II
;
< 4 IIGil
l|8
rJwBM0(X) "
(2.3)
I' "tfBMG(X)
f g (t) dm(t) E n
converges to
G(E)
as
n-*»
for all
E
in 2.
J
Theorem. Proof.
Let
wSX(9(X) = £ ( H \ X ) us consider
measure
(2.4)
G(E) = T(X_)
(with equivalent norms).
T belonging
to je(H\x) and
define
the
vector
Blasco: Operators from Hx
91
To show that G belongs to w$MO(X), let us take an interval I and observe that G*i(E) = T(X EnI - mlEnllnd)" 1 ^) = 2m(I)T(aE) where aE=(2m( I) r ^ N ^ - m C E n l )m( I J" 1 ^) is an atom. Therefore |G* (E)| * 2m(I)||T||.
Now, using the fact that
I G ' J U ) * 4 sup j |G*I(E)|: Ec l| (see [3], page 4)
then we have \\Z\\^MO{X)
* 8 |T|.
Conversely l e t us take G in \JBMQ{X) and define the operator from the simple functions into X given by
(2.5)
T G
By the lemma we can consider the sequence ! the corresponding operators T in £(L (TT),X)
gn
in
L (X) and
n
(2.6)
T (
J
n
Notice that for an atom
a
supported in I we can write
| T n ( a ) | x = ||J a ( t ) g n ( t ) d m ( t ) | | x = sup i l f a ( t ) L'Ji
<£,g(t)>dm(t)|: n
= sup ( | f a ( t )
(?g (t)-(^g ) )dm(t)|:
(^' J I
^ s u p ( m(I)" I
n 1
n I
|?|*= it »x J '
U\\ * = l l " "X
f | ? g ( t ) - ( ? g ) |dm(t) : J
i
n
n l
J
| ? |* = l l " " X
J
Since for constant atoms we can show IIT (a) I ^ IIGil ^ . . . ^ x , then
92
Blasco: Operators from Hx
(2.7)
| T n ( a ) I x * 4 |G| w 2 j M 0 ( x ) Now using that
T
fop all atom
belongs to
^(L^D.X)
and that for each
n
function f in
H
any representation
f= V A a Lt
k
converges in
L (T),
k
(2.7) implies (2.8)
||Tn(*)|x
, 4 iGl^^j-
for all 9 in H1.
|,|at
Now combining (2.8) and (2.3) we can easily prove that
iT(s)lX
-
4
lGl«a«O(X)"
l|s
iat
f°r all simple functions
what allows us to extend the operator to an element in £(H , X) finishing the proof.
It is not hard to show that for
X = C
all spaces considered
here and in [1] coincide, that is wBMO(C) = WBJKO(C) = SMOiC) = BMO Corollary I.-
(H 1 )* = BMO.
Corollary 2.-
(H1 ® X ) * =
Proof.
USMOiX*)
It follows from the identification (A ® B ) * = £(A,B*) (see [3],
page 230).
Corollary 3.- If
wBMO(X) = w2M0(X) then X has the Radon-Nikodym property.
Proof. Use that
X(L (T),X) c ie(H\x) and the characterization of RNP in l
terms of representability of operators (see [3], page 63).
Blasco: Operators from Hx
93
REFERENCES. [1]
Blasco, 0. Hardy spaces of vector valued functions: duality. To appear in Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. [2] Coifman, R.R. & Weiss, G. (1977). Extension of Hardy spaces and their use in Analysis, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 83, 560-645. [3] Diestel, J. & Uhl, J.J. (1977).Vector Measures. Math. Surveys, 15, American Mathematical Society, Providence, Rhode Island. [4] Dinculeanu, N. Vector measures (1967). Pergamon Press, New York. [5] Garcia-Cuerva, J. & Rubio de Francia, J.L.(1985). Weigthed norm inequalities and related topics, North-Holland, Amsterdam [6] John, F. & Nirenberg. L. (1961). On functions of bounded mean oscillation, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 14, 415-426. [7]. Phillips, R. (1940). On linear transformations, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 48, 516-541. Supported by the Grant C.A.I.C.Y.T. PB 85-0338. AMS Classification (1980): 46G10, 42B30, 46B22. Key words: Vector-valued measures, bounded mean oscillation, atom.
OPERATORS ON VECTOR SEQUENCE SPACES.
Fernando Bombal Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Spain. Dedicated to Antonio Plans
Abstract.- A representation theorem for bounded linear operators on spaces (Z©E ) in terms of induced operators on n p
each E
is established,
and some
particular
classes of
n
operators are characterized in this way. Applications to the study of the structure of (ZeE ) are given.
INTRODUCTION AND NOTATIONS. Let E (n€ IN) be a sequence of Banach spaces over K (R or C ) , n
and l^p
valued
sequences
x=(x ) such n
that
x e n
E
(n=l,2,...) n
and
| | x | | p = ) llx || p " "p L " n" n=l
is
finite, endowed with the Banach norm x—>|x|| . Similarly, we define the c -sum (Z©E ) and I -sum (Z©E ) . It is well known that if E = (Z©E ) O
n
O
o
o
n
o *
o
np
•
> or p=0), then E , the topological dual of E, can be i d e n t i f i e d to E=(Z©E ) , where q i s the number conjugat9ed to p, t h a t i s , - + — = 1 if n q p q l^p
(Z©E*)
=> x*=(x*)—> T * € (Z©E )* , T *(x) = V <x ,x*>.
nq
n
X
n
p
X
L
n
n
For every m€ IN, I will denote the canonical injection (m
y
> (0, . . . ,0,y,0, . . . )€ (£©E ) n p
and II the canonical m
projection
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces (I©E ) ^
x=(x )
n p
»x € E .
n
If
F
is
95 another
Banach
space
over
K and
m m
T: (£©E ) — > F is an operator (i.e., a continuous linear map), then for n p
every n€ IN, T =T*I n
is an operator from E n
into F. In this note, we
n
characterize the operators on (I©E )
in terms of the T's, giving some
n p
n
applications to the study of the structure of this space. Given the Banach spaces E and F, we shall write L(E,F) to denote the space of all operators between E and F, and B(E) will stand for the closed unit ball of E. The rest of notations and terminology used and not defined along the paper, will be the usual in Banach space theory, as can be seen for example in [5] and [8]. 1. OPERATORS ON (Z©E ) . n_p
Theorem 1.1. Let E
(n€ IN), F be Banach spaces and l^p<«
or p=0. Every
n
operator
T from
(Z©E )
into F determines
a unique
sequence
n p
n
operators, where T € L(E ,F) such that n *
*
n *
(T ) of
*
*
I. For every y € F , (y T ) = (T (y ))e (Z©E ) , being q conjugated to p. n
n
n q
II. The set UT*(y*))W : y*€ B(F*) \ is bounded in (£©E*) n (^ n n=l J ^ Moreover, 00
III. T(x)= V T (x ) for every x=(x )€ (Z©E ) . L.
n
n
n
n p
n=l
and JK. |T|| = sup (|(T*(y*))| : y*€ B(F*))1. Conversely,
if (T ) is a sequence of operators with each T n
belonging
n
to L(E ,F), such that (I) and (II) are satisfied,
then (III)
n
defines an operator T fron (£©E ) to F verifying (IV). n p
Proof. Let T b e a n o p e r a t o r from (£©E ) into F a n d d e f i n e n p
T n
€ L(E ,F) Every x in (Z©E ) can be w r i t t e n as a convergent s e r i e s n
*
n p
x = V i n (x), Lt
n n
= T-I € n
96
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
and so
T(x) = V T n (x) in F, L.
n n
which is (III). On the other hand, if y € F
then
T*(y*) € (ZeE )* = (S©E*) , n p
n q *
*
*
with the canonical identification (see the introduction). If T (y )=(x ), n * * where x G E , then for every x=(x )€ (£©E ) we have n
n
n
oo
E
*
*
_
<x ,x > = = ) n
n
L n=l
n=l #
which proves that *
continuity of T
#
*
, n
n
#
x =T (y ) for every ne IN, and so we get (I). The n
n
proves then (II). Finally,
||T|| = |T*| = sup [|T*(y*)||: which
n p
oo
y*e B(F*)j = sup | | | (T* (y*) ) ||q: y% B(F*)|,
is (IV).
For the converse, let us consider only the case l
n
n
f * * * * 1 , OO, M = sup <M|(T (y )) II: y € B(F )V and n € IN such n p i ii ii J O fr) IIx1||1p / P < e/M. Then, if r > s ^ n we have L " n" o
(S©E )
r
that
r
V T (x ) || = Sup (l y |: y*€ B(F*) \ * U
n
n "
I ' L - n n
'
I
Thus, ZT (x ) is Cauchy in F, and so converges. Let us define T by (III).
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
97
C l e a r l y T i s l i n e a r and
| < T ( x ) , y * > | ± M||x||
, Vy% B(F*),
which proves that T is continuous and ||T|^M. From the definition we get *
*
•
*
T (y ) = (T (y )) and reasoning as in the first part of the proof we n
obtain (IV). Let us consider now some special classes of operators. For a pair of Banach spaces E and F we shall write: - K(E,F)={Te L(E,F): T(B(E)) is relatively compact} (compact operators). - w(E,F)={T€ L(E,F): T(B(E)) is weakly relatively compact} (weakly compact operators). -
D(E,F)={T€
L(E,F):
T
sends
weakly
Cauchy
sequences
into
weakly
convergent sequences} (Dieudonne operators). - DP(E,F)={T€ L(E,F): T sends weakly Cauchy sequences into norm convergent ones} (Dunford-Pettis operators). -
U{E,F)
=
{
T
€
L(E,F)
unconditionally
: T
sends
convergent
ones
weakly
Cauchy
sequences
} (unconditionally
into
converging
operators). - S(E,F)={T<= L(E,F): For any restricted
to M
infinite dimensional
is not a topological
subspace
isomorphism}
M of E, T (Strictly
singular operators). Each of the above mentioned classes of operators are closed operator
ideals in the sense of Pietsch, that
is, they form a closed
vector subspace of L(E,F) and are stable under both side composition with bounded linear maps (See [8]). Also notice that the following inclusions hold .
(**)
w(E,F)
K(E,F)
D(E,F) c (/(E,F) c L(E,F)
K(E,F) c S(E,F) c
U{E,F).
According to theorem 1.1., if T:(ZeE )
>F belongs to some
n p
operator ideal &, clearly all the operators in the representing sequence
98
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
(T ) of T belong to the same operator ideal. The converse is not true in n
general, as the following examples show.
Example 1.2. For each n€ IN, let us take a Banach space E *{0} of finite n
dimension, and let I be the identity operator on (ZeE ) . Then, each I n p
is
n
a finite range operator, and so it belongs to all the classes of operators considered, but: a)
I
is
an
isomorphism.
Hence,
it
is
neither
compact
nor
strictly
singular. b) When p=l,
(SeE )
contains a copy of I , and so
n 1
compact. c) When
I is not
weakly
1
p=0,
(Z©E ) contains a copy of c , and so I is not n 0 0 unconditionally converging. d) When p>l, (ZeE ) is reflexive. Hence, I is not Dunford-Pettis, because n p
any Dunford-Pettis operator on a
space that contains no copy of I , is
compact by Rosenthal's I -theorem, (see, f.i [5] 2.e.5). In order to obtain some results in the positive direction, we need the following lemmas: Lemma 1.3. Let E (neIN), F be Banach spaces, l^p
from E=(Z©E E=(Z©E ) ) from
into F F with with repre representing sequence (T ). Suppose A c E into
n p n p
n
satisifes the following condition (+ )
For every e>0, there exist
n e (N such that
Sup £ * ||II (x)| p < c X€A n^n Then
lim sup 1 V T n (x) - T(x)| = 0 mX
X€A. " L
n n
n=l
Proof. Let e>0 and choose m
Sup
such that
I ||n (x)| p s (e/||T||)
X€A n^m
n
"
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces Then, if y e B(F ) and m>m
99
for every X€A we have
][ T II (x)-T(x), y* >| = | £ | n>m n=l
f I llV
re»
^n>m * * by (IV) of th. 1.1 the result follows, taking the supremum when y €B(F ). We also need the following well known result:
Lemma 1.4. ([2], Lemma 6). Let H be a subset of a Banach space. If for every e>0
there exists a (weakly) compact subset H
of E such that
H c H +cB(E), then H is relatively (weakly) compact.
Theorem 1.5. Let E
(n€lN), F be Banach spaces, l^p
n
from E=(ZeE ) into F with representing sequence (T ). Then n p
n
a) If p=l, T is unconditionally converging (resp. Dieudonne, Dunford-Pettis), if and only if so is each T . n
b) If p>l , T is weakly compact, if and only if so is each T . n
Proof. a) Let us consider first the case of unconditionally converging operators. k k k Suppose each T is unconditionally converging and let Ix (x =(x )€ E) be n n a weakly unconditionally Cauchy series in E. It suffices to show that ||T(x ) I tends to zero. As (T(x )) is weakly null, we only need to show that H={T(x ): k€(N} is norm relatively compact. In the first place, let us notice that the set H ={T (II (xk):k€(N> is relatively norm compact for each n
n
n
n€(N by hypothesis. Reasoning as in the case E =K for every n, one can n
easily prove that the set A={x : k€lN}, being relatively weakly compact, satisfies condition ( + ) of lemma 1.3. Then, given e>0, there exists meIN such that I E 11
*•*
n>m
T II (xk) II < e for every k, i.e. n
n
"
T(xk)€ H e + eB(F), for every ke IN,
100
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
where H
is the norm closure of H+...+H , a norm compact set. Lemma 1.4
applies , giving the
result.
The proof
for
Dieudonne and Dunford-Pettis operators is
k
similar: let (x ) be weakly Cauchy in E. Since (T(xk)) is weakly Cauchy, to prove that it is weakly (resp. norm) convergent, we only need to show that
H = {T(x ): ke(N>
is relatively weak (resp. norm) compact, and this
can be proved as before. Let
us
remark
that
another
proof
for
the
case
of
Dunford-Pettis operators is included in [3], Prop. 14.3. b) See [3], prop.
14.4.
Corollary 1.6. Let & be an operator ideal. Then, with the notations of theorem 1.5, we have a) 0((Z@E ) ,F) c 0((ZeE ) ,F) if and only n 1
c i//(E , F ) for
every
if
n 1
ne IN (where
0(E ,F) c n
\p = DP, U or
D).
n
b)
For
Kp
0((I©E ) ,F) c
w((Z©E ) ,E)
n p
if and only if
n p
#(E ,F) c u(E ,F) for every n€ IN. n
n
Proof.
In
one
sense,
the
proof
follows
directly
from
the
preceding
theorem. For the converse it suffices to take into account that for every S€ 0(E ,F), S-n -I = S and S-TI € #((I©E ) ,F). n
n
n
n
n p
When p=0, we can sharpen considerably the above results, as the
following theorem shows.
Theorem 1.7. Let $ be a closed operator ideal contained in U. Let E (n€ n
IN), F be Banach spaces and T an operator from
E=(S©E )
into
F , with
n 0
representing
sequences
(T ).
Then,
the
following
assertions
are
n
equivalent: a) T € fl(E,F) b) T € •&{£ ,F) for n
every
ne IN, and
n m
lim || V T -n -T|| = 0. 11
L n=l
n
Proof. (a)=»(b) Obviously, T € #(E ,F)
n
"
for
every n€ IN. Let us prove the second
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
assertion.
If
101
I1I1 V T -IT -Til does not converge t o 0, L n n=l
n
"
then t h e r e e x i s t s
an
m
e>0 and, for every m, a q>m such that || V T -IT -T|| > e. Take q
and x*€ E
such that ||x II^1 and
> c.
There is a p >q such that
T -TT (x 1 )! > c. n
n
"
n = q +1
Take q >p such that II V T -IT -Til > c and proceed inductively. Then we get 2
1
La n
n
n=l
a sequence such that
(xn) in B(E) and a sequence of natural numbers q
T -n (x J )| > c, J=l,2,. . . n n "
|| ) 11 L
Put y
= )
T -TI (x );
Lt
n
then
y p i for every j and, as the y s have ii
n
»
n = q +1
disjoint supports, the series J] yJ is weakly unconditionally Cauchy in E. However,
||T(yJ)|| = I [ V n » ( x J ) l y En = q +1
which contradicts the fact that T is unconditionally converging.
102
(b)=»(a) As
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
V T • TT € 4?(E,F) for Lt n=l
n
every m, i t follows inmediately from
n
the fact that # is closed. Corollary 1.8.
Let # , •& be closed operator ideals, both contained in U,
the unconditionally
converging operators. Then with
the notations of
theorem 1.7, the following assertions are equivalent: a) 0 (E,F) c
In
n
Proof. It is completely analogous to that of corollary 1.6, using theorem 1.7 instead of theorem 1.6.
2. SOME APPLICATIONS. Throughout this section, E (n€ IN) will be Banach spaces. Many n
important properties of a Banach space are (or can be) defined in terms of the behaviour of some classes of operators on it. Let us recall some of them: A Banach space is said to have - The Dunford-Pettis property (DPP in short) if w(E,. ) c DP(E, . ) - The Dieudonne property (DP in short) if w(E,.) = D(E,.). - The reciprocal Dunford-Pettis property (RDPP in short) if DP(E, . ) c w(E,. ). - The Grothendieck's property (GP in short) if L(E,c ) = w(E,c ) o o - The Pelczynski's V property (VP in short) if w(E, . ) = l/(E, . ). The four first properties were introduced by Grothendieck in [4] and the last one by Pelczynski in [6]. These properties are invariant by isomorphism and are inherited by finite products and complemented subspaces. In consequence, if (SeE )
has some of the above mentioned
n p
properties,
the same
happens
to each E , which
is isomorphic
to a
n
complemented subspace of (Z©E ) . The results obtained in section 1 allow n p
us to get some information in the opposite direction. The following first
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
103
three propositions contain eventually the results of Chapters 13 and 14 in [3],
where a different proof is given:
Proposition 2.1. ([3], ch. 13) (ZeE ) has the DPP (resp. RDPP, DP, VP) if n 0 and only if so does every E . n
Proof. It follows from corollary 1.8. Proposition 2.2. ([3], 14.3) (Z©E )
has the DPP if and only if so does
n 1
each E . n
Proof. Follows inmediately from corollary 1.6(a).
Proposition 2.3. ([3], 14.4) Let
Kp<«. Then (I©E ) has the RDPP
(resp.
n p
DP,
VP; if and only if so does every E . n
Proof. Follows from corollary 1.6(b). Remark 2.4. a) (E©E )
has a complemented subspaces isomorphic to £ , and
n 1
1
so it can not have either the DP, the RDPP or the VP. In the same way (Z©E )
(p>l) contains a complemented copy of I
n p
and so it can not have
p
the DPP. b) In [1] are defined and studied the properties corresponding to
the
relations
D(E, . )
=
DP(E,
.)
and
U{E, . )
=
DP(E,.).
Obviously,
corollary 1.6(a) yields a result similar to proposition 2.2. for these properties. Proposition 2.5. let Kp<w. Then a) (I©E ) has the GP if annd only if every E n p
b) (£©E ) has a complemented copy of I n p
contains a complemented copy of I . n
(a) and
if and only if there
1
exists ne IN such that E Proof,
has it.
n
(b) follow directly from corollary
1
1.6(b),
taking into
account the following result of Rosenthal [9]: Let T be an operator from a Banach space E into i . Then either T is weakly compact or E contains a
104
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
complemented copy X of I
such that the r e s t r i c t i o n Tl is an isomorphism. 1 X In consequence, we have the followig operator characterization: E contains a complemented copy of I if and only if L{E,l ) =
£ ). Propotision 2.6. a) (ZeE )
is a Schur space (i.e., weakly convergent sequences
n 1
are norm convergent) if and only if so is every E . n
b) (ZeE )
is weakly sequentially complete if and only if so
n 1
in each
E . n
c) (Z©E )
contains a copy of c
n 1
if and only if there exists
0
n€ IN such that E contains a copy of c . n 0 Proof.
It
follows
from
corollary
1.6(a)
and
the
following
characterizations, the first and second of which are obvious, and
the
third is due to Pelczynski ([7], lemma 1). E is a Schur space if and only if L(E, . )=Z)P(E, . ). E is weakly sequentially
complete
if and only if
L(E, . )=D(E,. ). E contains no copy of c if and only if L(E, . )=l/(E, . ). In the case p=0 we can strengthen the above results. Recall that a Banach space E is said to be an h-space if each closed infinite dimensional subspace H of E contains a complemented subspace isomorphic to E. (see [10]), t (I) (l
o
index I. Proposition 2.7. a) If (Z©E ) contains a reflexive, infinite dimensional n o complemented subspace, then there exists ne IN such that E contains a n
reflexive infinite dimensional, subspace. b) Let F be an infinite dimensional h-space not containing a copy of c . The following assertions are equivalent: i) (Z©E ) contains a complemented copy of F. n0 ii) There exists ne IN such that E contains a complemented n
copy of F.
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces
105
Proof. a) Suppose H is an infinite dimensional, reflexive complemented subspace of (SeE ) . Then the projection P onto H is weakly compact. Hence, theorem n 0
1.7 assures that P is the limit in the norm operator topology of the m
operators
V P -IT . As P is not strictly singular there has to exist an n€ Li
n
n
n=l
IN such that P
is not strictly singular. Thus, there is an infinite
n
dimensional closed subspace F of E such that the restriction S=P |_ is n
n|F
an isomorphism. Hence F is reflexive. b) Let P be a continuous projection onto an isomorphic copy of F. Because F does not contain a copy of c , P is unconditionally converging ([7] lemma 1) and then theorem 1.7 applies. Reasoning as in part (a), we get an restriction S=P infinite is an dimensional isomorphism subspace onto its Hrange. F isthe an n€ IN and an c E But suchas that h-space , S(H) contains a subspace M isomorphic to F and complemented in F. If Q: F >M is a continuous projection, S~ -Q-P is a continuous n _! projection from E onto S (M), which is isomorphic to F. In particular, if we consider the h-space I (l
obtain: Corollary 2.8. If l^p
p
b) There exists n€ IN such that E contains a complemented copy n Of I . P
106
Bombal: Vector sequence spaces REFERENCES
[1] [2]
Bombal, F. Two new classes of Banach spaces. To appear. Bombal, F, & Cembranos, P. (1985). Characterization of some classes of operators on spaces of vector-valued continuous functions. Math. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 97, 137-146. [3] Cembranos, P. (1982). Algunas propiedades del espacio de Banach C(k,E). Thesis. Pub. of the Universidad Complutense. Madrid. [4] Grothendieck, A. (1953). Sur les applications lineaires faiblement compacts d'espaces du type C(k). Canad. J. of Math., 5, 129-173. [5] Lindenstrauss, J. and Tzafriri L (1977). Classical Banach spaces I. Springer, Berlin. [6] Pelczynski, A. (1962). Banach spaces in which every unconditionally converging operators is weakly compact. Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 10, 641-648. [7] Pelczynski, A. (1965). On strictly singular and strictly cosingular operators I. Bull. Acad. Pol. Sci. 13, 31-36. [8] Pietsch, A. (1978). Operator ideals. Berlin. [9] Rosenthal, H.P. (1970). On injective Banach spaces and the spaces Lm(n) for finite measures. Acta Math. 124, 205-248. [10] Whitley, R.J. (1964). Strictly singular operators and their conjugates. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. H 3 , 252-261. Supported partially by CAYCIT grant 0338/84.
ON THE DUALITY PROBLEM FOR ENTROPY NUMBERS. Hermann Konig Univ. Kiel, Germany.
In
this
note
we
give
a
survey
on
some
recent
results
concerning the duality problem for entroypy numbers and covering numbers. If K
and K
are bounded absolutely convex sets in a Banach
o
space Y with K
* 0, we define the covering number
N(K ,K ):= inf (N€ IN| 3 y , a L 1 2
N(K , K )
y € Y , K
c
N
by
U ({y > + K )). i=i J
Let X and Y be Banach spaces with closed unit balls B . The entropy ntr numbers
B x and
of a (continuous linear ) operator u: X
>Y are
given by
e (u) = inf I e>0| N(u(Bx), cB y )^ 2 k "H, k€ IN.
As a corollary to the polar decomposition theorem,
one finds that the
entropy numbers are self-dual if X and Y are Hilbert spaces, i.e. = e (u ). In general spaces this is false: take e.g. Y = I2 = (R2, II. I )
and
1
2
"
k^
u
)
=
X = I = (R , | • | ),
u = id:£2—>£*. Here |(x ) | =(Z|x | p ) 1 / p .
" "2
2
e
i "p
It is
' i'
easy to see (geometrically) that e (u: I2 2
1
>f) = V^10/4 > (2+V2)/4 = e (u*: £ 2
2
2
>l* ). 00
As of yet, it is unsettled in general, if the entropy numbers of an operator and its dual are proportional, i.e. whether
108
Konig: Entropy numbers
(1)
3 l
V k,u:X
c - 1 e (u):s e ( u * ) * c e (u)
>Y
holds or not. Note that * * u is compact «=> u is compact «=> e (u)—£) «=» e (u )—£). Even the more restricted and more accesible question whether
(2)
3 l^a,c
holds or not,
Vk,u:X
is not
>Y
known.
c^e, , (u):s e (u*)s cer ,(u) [akj k Lk/aJ
(2) would
imply
that
for
any
symmetric
sequence space E one has
As shown recently by Tomczak-Jaegerman [7], (3) is true for u: X
>Y if X
or Y is a Hilbert space. See also [5]. In some particular cases and examples positive partial answers are known. E.g. for identity maps
Id: ln—>£n p
the strongest statement (1)
q
is true, see Schiitt [6]. The proofs for general operators all rely (in various forms) on a reduction to the Hilbert spaces case. Recall that a Banach space X if of type 2 provided that m
3 l
Vx , . . . , x eX 1 m€lN
The
best
c
is
denoted
Average 6
m
+
~
by T (X).
Examples
m
|| 2 ^ c 2 - V IIx II 2 .
II V ± x " L i=l
are
i
»
L " i " i=l
L -spaces
for
2^p
with
T (L ) * Vp. 2
p
Proposition 1 [1] Let X and Y be Banach spaces such that X and Y type
2.
Then
for
any
u: X
a = ln(18 T (X)T (Y*)y(X)y( Y*)),
>Y
inequalities
c = a[T (X)T (Y*)]2.
K-convexity constant of X and a some numerical constant.
(2)
hold
are of with
Here y(X) is the
Konig: Entropy numbers
109
The first step in the proof is the proof of (2) for operators of rank k. This easily reduces to the case of dim X = dim Y =k. The maximal volume ellipsoids contained in B * X
and B v , respectively, define Y
Hilbert spaces H and K, respectively. By Gordon-Reisner [2] and Santalo's inequality voi
B *-vi/n
r
voi
- Vx)> £=unit ball of H. Volume arguments then show that B * is covered by L
x translates of the unit ball £ where log2 L s [log2(3T2(X))k] + 1 =: [bk] + 1. Thus
*
-i*
i:X J*
>H :K
e
[bk]+2U
the
formal
:X
m)
"
identity
lf
map.
A
>Y*. Together with the fact that
similar
statement
J^Ti"1: H
>K
holds
for
has self-dual
entropy numbers (Hilbert space case), we find estimates of the form (2). The reduction to rank k maps is done using the approximation numbers of u, a (u) = inf «||u-u II I rank u < k>. Carl showed that for k ^" k" ' k J * u:X—>Y with X, Y of type 2, the geometric mean of the Gelfand numbers is proportional to the entropy numbers. The same statement holds for the geometric mean of the approximation numbers. The reduction to rank k maps uses that the approximation numbers of compact maps are self-dual. In general Banach spaces X and Y, there is another positive partial result of form (2) for finite rank maps
u: X
>Y
and k larger
than a multiple of the rank of u: Proposition 2 [3]. For any A>0 there is
a = a(A)
Banach spaces X,Y and any finite rank operator u: X one has
e
[ a k ] ( u ) *2\{u
]
•
e
[ak](u '
such that for any >Y and k ^ A-rank u
110
Konig: Entropy numbers
This follows from the following duality result for covering numbers:
Proposition 3 [3]. There is
1 < c < oo such that for all n e IN, all
compact, absolutely convex bodies K ,K r~1NfK° p K ° ) 1 / n < NfK
(A)
2
Here
K
, K
1
in
Rn and any
rK l 1 / n < rNfK° 1 2
2
e > 0
rK°)1/n 1
denote the polar bodies with respect to the euclidean norm
on Rn. To prove proposition 2 for rank u = n-dimensional spaces X and Y (to which it reduces easily), one has to apply proposition 3 to K *
= u(B v ), K 1
A
= B . 2
i
Then K° = u ^(B • ) , K° = B * 1
A
2
Y
The proof of proposition 3 uses volume arguments as well and uses an inverse form of the Brunn-Minkowski inequality due to Milman [4] for the reduction to Hilbert spaces. Let D denote the euclidean unit ball in Rn. Inverse Brunn-Minkowski-inequality [4]. There is 1 ^ c < oo such that for all compact, absolutely convex bodies K c Rn n
v:R
n
JR
there is a
linear map
with det v = 1 such that for any OO
[vol (v(K)+ eD)] 1 / n s c[vol (K)] 1/n + a e[vol (D)] 1/n n
n
n
n
with a —>1 for n—*». n
By the Brunn-Minkowski inequality, always (v(K)+ eD)]1/n £ [ v o l (K)]1/n + e[vol
[vol n
n
(D)]1/n n
holds. One can use the Brunn-Minkowski inequality and its inverse to give a more precise formula for covering numbers N(v(K),D) in terms of volumes. A special case of theorem 2 of [3] is Proposition 4. There is 1 ^ c < oo such that for all compact, absolutely convex bodies K c Rn all e>0
there is
v:Rn—>(Rn
with
det
v = 1
such that for
Konig: Entropy numbers
111
VOl (K) ,1/n
max VOl (K) n vol"
1 / 1 1
l n (D) J /C>1)' Thus the volume ratio determines the covering numbers. REFERENCES. [1]
Gordon, Y; Konig, H.; Schutt, C. (1987). Geometric and probabilistic estimates for entropy and approximation numbers of operators. J. Approx. Th. [2] Gordon, Y. ; Reisner, S. (1981). Some aspects of volume estimates to various parameters in Banach spaces. Proc. Workshop Banach Space Theory. Univ. Iowa, 23-53. [3] Konig, H. ; Milman, V. (1987). On the covering numbers of convex bodies. GAFA seminar Tel Aviv 1984/85, in: Lecture Notes in Math., Springer. [4] Milman, V. (1986). Inegalite de Brunn-Minkowski inverse et applications a la theorie locale des espaces normes. C.R.A.S. 302 25-28. [5] Pajor, A.; Tomczak-Jaegermann, N. (1985). Remarques sur les nombres d'entropie d'un operateur et son transpose. C.R.A.S. 301, 743-746. [6] Schutt, C. (1983). Entropy numbers of diagonal operators between sequence spaces. J. Approx. Th. 40, 121-128. [7] Tomczak-Jaegermann, N. (1987). Private communication.
MIXED SUMMING NORMS AND FINITE-DIMENSIONAL LORENTZ SPACES G.J.O. Jameson University of Lancaster Great Britain
INTRODUCTION This largely expository article describes some recent results concerning
the mixed
summing norm
II
as applied
to operators
on
p>i
I -spaces (especially the finite-dimensional spaces £ n ). The whole subject 00
00
of summing operators and their norms can be said to have started with a result on II
- the theorem of Orlicz (1933) that the identity operators
in I
are
and I
(2, 1)-summing.
However, since that time the study of
mixed summing norms has been somewhat neglected in favour of the elegant and powerful theory of the "unmixed" summing norms II . A breakthrough has p
now been provided by the theorem of Pisier
[7], which does for mixed
summing norms what the fundamental theorem of Pietsch does for unmixed ones
(see e.g.
[2]). One version of Pisier's theorem states that the
operator can be factorised through a Lorentz function space
L
(A). Such
p»i
spaces were introduced in [5], and are discussed in [1] and [4]. However, it is not easy to find a really simple outline of the definition and basic properties
of
these
spaces
adapted
to
the
(obviously
simpler)
finite-dimensional case, so the present paper includes a brief attempt to provide one. It is of particular interest to compare the value of II TI for operators on 2
I oo
or
and
£n. It is a well-known fact, underlying the oo
famous Grothendieck inequality, that there is a constant K, independent of n, such that for all operators T from
ln
to
KIITII. This equates to saying that II (T) s
I
K'll
or
I , we have II (T)^
(T) for such T. It is
natural to ask whether this relationship holds for all operators from £n 00
into an arbitrary Banach space Y. It was shown in [3] that this is not the case: for each n, there is an operator T
on ln such that
Jameson: Mixed summing norms n (T )* I (log n ) 1 / 2 n 2
n
2
113
(T ).
2,1 n
It was also shown that this example gives the correct order of growth: there exists C such that for all operators on £n, 00
n (T) s C (log n ) 1 / 2 IT (T),
(so the ratio of IT to TI
grows very slowly with n).
We shall describe a
different approach to both these results, using Lorentz spaces. In the case of the second result, this will lead to a more general statement, which is due to Montgomery-Smith (6).
Notation £n
We denote by [n] the set {l,2,...,n} and by
the space (Rn
00
(or C n ) with supremum norm. We denote the ith coordinate of an element x of R n by x(i),
and the ith unit vector by e . For an operator T from £ (S) i
oo
to another normed linear space Y, the summing norms
II (T) p
and
II (T) P,I
are defined by:
TUT) = s u p { [ [ | | T x i | | " ] 1 / P : \ \ l
IXJX
3
i -V 1 / p
in which all finite sequences of elements (x ,...,x ) are considered.
Ik
11
As usual, p' denotes the conjugate index to p: - + -, = 1.
Pisier's theorem Let T be an operator defined on
t (S) 00
Suppose that that
there
is a positive
linear
(for any on
functional
||
00
Ei*, i
follows that
set S).
£ (s) such , it
114
Jameson: Mixed summing norms
so that II Pisier's theorem states the converse, though without preservation of the constant: Theorem 1. Let T be a (ptl)-summing operator defined on set
S
. Then there exist
functional
I (S)
C *
n
(T)
I (S)
for some
and a positive linear
such that ||^||=1 and
00
|Tx||
1/p p
exact
•• "
* C
for all x in I (S). 00
For the proof, see [7], theorem 2.4 or [2], section 14. Note that the case p=2 can be written
We shall see that Pisier's theorem can be restated in terms of factorization
through a Lorentz space. Before
proceeding
to this,
we
mention a few points that relate directly to the theorem in the form just stated. For any space E, write
a(E)
for a(I_), where a is a norm
applying to operators.
Corollary 1.1. For any space
nt(E) *
where
A(E)
E,
2 TT2 i (E) 2 A(E) 2 ,
is the projection constant of E. If
A(E)
and
II
(E)
are
both finite, then E is finite-dimensional. Proof. Embed E in a space I (S), and take a projection P with |P| close to A(E).
Note that n^ (P)^ |P| n
(E). There is a functional
MS)
Jameson: M i x e d summing norms
115
such that ||^|=1 and
ii
ii 2
.
x 2
,
i
i x
ii
it
for all x. For x € E, we have Px = x, so that ||x| * 2 ng ^ P ) 2 ^ |x | ). It is elementary statement
that
this
(P) 2 .
implies
that
^(E) * 2 n
follows from the fact
that
IT (E) is only finite
The final when E ' is
finite-dimensional (see (2)). Unlike operators,
the corresponding
Pisier's
theorem
of Pietsch
for p-summing
theorem does not apply to operators defined
on a
subspace of I (S). This is shown by the following example.
Example 1. Let E be an isometric copy of £n n
that
IT (E ) = 1 and 2,1
MS)
n
such t h a t
in t (S). It is elementary
2
oo
TI (E ) £ Vn. Suppose that
|
given by P i s i e r ' s
theorem applied
||x| f o r a l l x<= E
to the i d e n t i t y
(as would be
in E ). Then IT (E ) ^ n
In
s K2, so K2 * Vn. Next we give an example show that
the extra factor p
p
(again due to Montgomery-Smith) to
appearing
in Pisier's
theorem
cannot
simply be removed. For this, we assume the following result of Maurey (see [2],
14.4): if T is an operator on £n , then oo
using only disjointly supported Example 2.
IT (T) can be computed by 2,1
elements of £n
in the definition.
Let Y be R3 with norm
| y | Y = max [ | y ( 2 ) |
+ |y(3)|,
Let T be the identity mapping from £3
|y(3)|+|y(1)|,
|y(1)|+|y(2)|].
to Y. Since ||e +e.|L =
||e +e +e ||
= 2, it follows easily from the result quoted that TT (T) 2 = 5. If A.^0 are such that ||Tx|2 s V X |x(i)|||x| for all x, then X +\ * 4 for distinct i, j, hence A +A +A £ 6.
116
Jameson: Mixed summing norms
i, j , hence A +A +A £ 6. °
123
Finite-dimensional Lorentz spaces. Let A be a measure on [n] = {1,2
For xe R n and AQ [ n ] , the expression for
[n]
1
n}. Write
A
Y A.x(j), and
for A{j}.
x stands
Je
f x . Jr ,
• (J N
x means
In the usual way L (A) p
denotes
n A R n with the norm llxll = " "P
" For p^l, the Lorentz function space L
(A) can be defined as p»i
follows. (Note: this is not the same thing as a Lorentz sequence space!) Given a n element x of R n , arrange its terms in order of magnitude:
Write x*(k) = p
= A
+...+A
, J
l
k
and x (n+1) = p = 0 . For 0 ^ t s ||x|| , l e t dx(t) = A{j:|x(j)|>t>.
Clearly, d ^ t ) = p^ for x*(k+l) s t < x*(k). Now define
(1)
P 1 / p tx*(k)-x*(k+l)) k
By Abel summation, this is also equal to
(2).
Jameson: Mixed summing norms
117
If some of the x (k) coincide, then different
choices of the j
are
possible. However, it is clear from expressions (1) and (2) that this does not affect the definition. It is not quite so clear that || • ||
is a norm.
We return to this point below. First we list some properties that follow at once from the definition.
then \\y\\X
Proposition 2. (i) If |y|^|x|,
j
± |x||A ^
(ii) For A c [n], l l ^ l ^ = A(A) 1/p ( = j x ^ ). (iii) ||x||* i = |x|* for all x. (iv)
IIxII X
11
< p1/pl|x||
"p,l
n
(v) I f \< Kji,
"
(note
"
=X([n])). n
\\x\\X
then
p
"oo "p,i
± K 1 / p |x||* i "
"p,i
for
all
x.
Proof. Immediate.
in DRn,
Proposition 3.
For all
x
Proof. Write y
= x (k)-x (k+1), so that l/p
r k
E
,1/p
by Holder's inequality. But
Corollary 3. 1. L
(A). Then
p,l
Let II p,l
then n p, 1
(K ) = 1. n
K
(K ) = n
l/p'
V p y
= ||x||
and V y
= x (1) = |x| .
denote the identity operator from ||K || = A([n]) 1/p . " n"
l^
In particular, if X([n]
to =1,
118
Jameson: Mixed summing norms
Proof. This follows from the easy implication in Pisier's theorem, given that ||xI
£n
= y>(|x|), where
with norm equal to
The next result is the key lemma paving the way for most of our further statements concerning L
(A).
p>i
Proposition 4. Let q be any seminorm on |y| = xA, then
q(Y) s A(A) 1/p .
Then
(Rn
such that if
q(x) ^ |x||A
A
for all
A Q [n]
and
x.
p, 1
Proof. With notation as before, let f
= sgn x(j )e . Then
x = Y x*(k)f = V u , L
k
L k
where
uk = [x*(k)-x*(k+l)l(f [ J i +... By hypothesis, q(f +...+f ) ^ p 1/p , so
q(x) * I qCuJ k
1/p rx*(k)-x*(k+nip^ "k
_
k
= Ml* • " 1 11
p,
Corollary 4.1.
A ||x| ^ ii i i p
We
mention
L
A ||x| " "p,i
briefly
for all x.
some
further
basic
facts
relating
to
(A) which can be proved easily with the help of Proposition 4. Except
for the fact that || • | »
further development.
"p,i
is a norm, these results are not needed for our
Jameson: Mixed summing norms Proposition 5.
Let (r
r ) be any permutation 1
r
i
r
119 of [ n ] , and
write
n
. Then for any x, k
VI K/p- v P ) k
(The ieft hand side defines another norm, to which we apply Proposition 4)
Proposition 6.
|| • ||
is a norm.
Proposition 7. Under the duality given by <x,y> =
xy, the dual norm to
|y|J.fW= sup |x(A)" 1/p J |y|: A C [n]|. (Apply Proposition 4 with
Proposition 8.
q(x)=|<x,y>|.)
Given positive elements
x ,...,x 1
of L
where \\-\\ stands for | • fl . In other words,
(A), we have
p,l
k
L
(A) satisfies a "lower
p-estimate" with constant 1. (One proves that the dual satisfies an upper p'-estimate.)
For p 2: q ^ 1, one defines llxll 11
to be
"p,q
l/q
At the cost of some extra complexity, the above results can be adapted for this case.
120
Jameson: Mixed summing norms The second form of Pisier's theorem
Theorem 9. Let
T
be any operator on
ln. Then there is a probability 00
measure
X
on
[n]
such that
||TX| , P 1/p n pi (T) |x|J t l L U ) {so that n (K ) = 1) and IIT | * p 1 / p n (( T ) . P . I all x. Hence T p , =l nT K , where" 1 K " for is thep , lidentity operator from in to n
In
oo
P r o o f . L e t (p b e t h e f u n c t i o n a l g i v e n b y T h e o r e m 1. T h e r e e x i s t X ^ O s u c h that V X Li
= 1 a n d
j
j
measure A on [n]. Let q(x) = ||Tx|. Apply Proposition 4 to the semi norm q. If |y| = xA. then q(y) * C
Let v denote normalised counting measure on n, so that v m = for each j. Write simply | • || and | • ||
for the corresponding norms, so
that i/ P
|x||p i= n" 1/p [ x*(k)(k 1/p -(k-l) 1/p ). k
We also write L n
for L
(i/).
We concentrate on the case p=2. Write
I i= K •
Jameson: Mixed summing norms
F
.
t
121
>2
- / k - 1 J = LB.
=l
Since V k
- V k-1 = 1/\V f/kk
+ /k-1
, we have
\ 1 ^ L ^ i 1 +1. 4
n
n
Proposition 10.
4 n
For all
and the factor v L is
x
in
(R , we have
attained.
n
Proof. The left-hand
inequality was proved
in Corollary
4.1, and the
right-hand one follows from Schwarz's inequality. Define a € 1R by: a(k) = V k
|a| = vl /n, while IIaII 11
n
"2
- V k-1
for each k. Then
= L // n .
" "2,1
n
The next result is essentially the example in [3], presented in terms of Lorentz spaces.
Proposition 11. Let J IT (J ) = v L 2
n
, while
be the identity operator from IT
n
to
L 2 1
• Then
(J ) = 1. Hence there is no constant C such
2,1 n
that n (T) ^ C n 2
l^
(T) for aii operators on tn
2,1
and all n.
oo
Proof. Let I denote the identity operator from £n to (normalised) £n. It n
is elementary that
2
co
n (I ) = 1. By Proposition 10, it follows that n (J )s 2
n
2
n
L . n
Let a a ,...,a 2
be the element a defined in Proposition 10, and let
be defined by cyclic permutation of the terms
n
1/2 i < i . = v L e, so has norm v L in £n. Also,
of
a . 1
Then
122
Jameson: Mixed summing norms
This shows that
n (J ) £ 2
n
n
It follows from Proposition 11 and Maurey's theorem (see e.g. [2],
Theorem
11.4)
that
the
cotype
2
constant
Ln
of
is at
least
n
For a normed lattice X of functions, the q-concavity constant M (X) is the least constant M such that q
for
any
MU ) q
choice
of
finitely
many
It
elements
is elementary
that
1. We have:
q
M (L
Proposition 12.
2
)=
2,1
It follows easily from Proposition 10 that the constant greater than v L
Equality
is not
is demonstrated by the elements a ,...,a 1
considered in Proposition 11.
n
Ln satisfies a lower 2,1 2-estimate with constant 1 (Proposition 8). A much more elaborate example This
contrasts
with
the
fact
that
of this situation is given in [4], l.f.19. Furthermore, it follows from Proposition 8 and [4], l.f.7 that for any q > 2, the spaces L
(A) are uniformly q-concave
uniformly of cotype q). Using this, Montgomery-Smith shown that TI of (log log n )
(L 1/2
(and hence
(unpublished) has
)—> oo as n—*», its growth being at least of the order
.
Comparison of other norms with II We now describe the generalisation by Montgomery-Smith [6] of the theorem proved in [3]. By an "operator ideal norm" we mean a norm « applying at least to finite-rank operators satisfying and <x(TA) ^ «(T) IIAII for all T, A.
«(AT,) ^ ||A|| «(T)
Jameson: Mixed summing norms Theorem 13. Let identity
«
123
be an operator ideal norm, and let
operator from
£ I
n
to
L
n
For any operator
J
be the
T
from
I
into another normed linear space, we have
oc(T) * ( 2 p ) 1 / p <x(J
) n (T). 2n
Proof. Let A and K that A
p,l
be as in Theorem 9. Let s
< s /n (also, let s
= 1 if A
be the least integer such
= 0). Then
£ (s /n) s 2, so N ^ 2n,
where N = £ s.. Write ji. = s./N. Then fi. £ ^ A. £ I A.. This defines a measure /i onfN] with fi ^ r A, so that the identity d
L
^
(A) has norm not greater than 2
P'1
s
n
I
from
JX,A
L
(JLI) to
p,l
.
-
N
Given x € (R , define x e R by repeating the co-ordinate x(j) Then \\x\\V = llxll^ , where v denotes normalised counting
times.
" " p, l
j
" " p, l
measure on [N], since the elements are equi measurable. Let E = {x: xe IR }, EN ,
and write
00
Then K
EN
for E with the norms of £N , L N
p,l
00
respectively.
p,l
factorises as follows;
n
I
in which I (x) = x and Q(x) = x. Since I oo
and Q are isometries and «(J )< N
oo
^ <x(J ), the statement follows. 2n
The result proved in (3) -with an improved estimate of the constant- follows at once, since TT (J ) = v L
Corollary 13.1. For any operator n (T) ^ 2 / L 2
It
2n
(Proposition 11):
2
n
n
T
on
ln ,
TI
(T) s
IT (T). 2,1
is elementary
that
K (T) ^
II (T),
where
K
denotes the (Rademacher) cotype 2 constant. The question was raised in (3) of whether K
2
is equivalent to either TI or TI M 2
2,1
for operators on I . In ^
oo
124
Jameson: Mixed summing norms
[ 6 ] , Montgomery-Smith goes on to show that in fact K Z (T) ^ c ( l o g log n) n 2 ^ T ) , so t h a t K
i s not equivalent to TT . The method uses Theorem 13 (with «
2
2
equal to K ) and involves some delicate estimates. It is also shown that the
Gaussian
cotype
2
of
such
operators
is
not
equivalent
to
the
Rademacher cotype 2. References.
[1] [2] [3]
Bergh,
J. and Lofstrom, J. (1976). Interpolation Spaces. Spr i nger-Ver1ag. Jameson, G.J.O. (1987). Summing and Nuclear Norms in Banach Space Theory. Cambridge University Press. Jameson, G.J.O. (1987). Relations between summing norms of mappings on t. Math. Zeitschrift 194, 89-94. 00
[4] [5] [6]
Lindenstrauss, J. & Tzafriri, J. (1979). Classical Banach Spaces II. Spr i nger-Ver1ag. Lorentz, G.G. (1950). Some new functional spaces . Ann. of Math. 51, 37-55. Montgomery-Smith, S.J. (to appear). On the cotype of operators from t. Israel J. Math. 00
[7]
Pisier, G. (1986). Factorization of operators through
L poo
or L pi
non-commutative generalizations. Math. Ann. 276, 105-136.
and
ON THE EXTENSION OF CONTINUOUS IN NORMED LINEAR SPACES.
2-POLYNOMIALS
Carlos Benitez Dpto de Matematicas, Univ. de Extremadura, Badajoz, Spain. Maria C. Otero Dpto. de Analisis Matematico, Univ. de Santiago, Spain
Abstract. We give an example of a normed linear space whose norm is not induced by an inner product and such that every continuous 2-polynomial defined on a linear subspace of it can be extended to the whole space preserving the norm.
INTRODUCTION. Let E be a normed linear space over DC ((R or C). We shall call 2-polynomial on E to every mapping P:E
>K such that P(x) = II(x,x), where
II is a bilinear functional defined on ExE. Let us recall that the bilinear functional IT associated to P in the above sense is unique if it is symmetric and that P is cotinuous if and only if the same is IT, or if and only if it has a finite norm
|P|| = sup ||P(x)|: |x| = lj = sup j|P(x)|-||x||"2:x*oj It is an old open problem the characterization of the normed linear
spaces
of
dimension
^3
satisfying
the
property
that
every
continuous 2-polynomial defined on a linear subspace of it can be extended to the whole space preserving the norm. In Aron attribute to R. M.
and
Berner
(1978) appears
an
example,
that
they
Schottenloher, of a normed linear space in which not
every continuous 2-polynomial defined in a linear subspace of it can be extended to the whole space preserving the norm. On the other hand, not for 2-polynomials functionals, it is conjectured
but for bilinear
in Hayden (1967) that the inner product
126
Benftez & Otero: 2-polynomials
spaces are the only normed linear spaces satisfying and analogous property of extension preserving the norm. In this paper we give an example (as far as we know the first to be published) of a simple family of real normed
linear spaces of
dimension 3, whose norm is not induced by an inner product and such that every 2-polynomial defined in a linear subspace of it can be extended to the whole space preserving the norm. In a certain sense our example is intermediate between the negative example of Schottenloher and the well known positive example of the
inner product
spaces, since
in the most simple case of the real
3-dimensional spaces the unit ball of a inner product space is defined by a quadric, in the example of Schottenloher such ball is defined by the intersection of three quadrics and in our example it is defined by the intersection of two quadrics.
Firstly
we
summarize
for
the
real
case
the
example
of
Schottenloher. With the same arguments used in Aron & Berner (1978) for the space C
it is not difficult to see that in the space E=R
with the norm
||(x,y,z)|| =
P(x, y,z)=y +yz+z
sup(|x|, |y|, |z|),
the 2-polynomial
endowed
defined by
cannot be extended from the linear subspace L={(x,y,z):
x+y+z=O} to the whole space E preserving the norm, since ||P| =1 and for every extension P of P to E we have that |P|| >1. 2
2
In geometrical terms this means that the ellipse y +yz+z =1, x+y+z=O is around the cube S={(x,y,z):sup(|x|,|y|,|z|)=1> but such ellipse is not the section by the plane x+y+z=O of any quadric circumscribed to the mentioned cube. We shall need for our example a previous lemma 2 Lemma 1. If A and B are 2-polynomial in IR such that 0 * sup [A(x),B(x)], (x€ R2) then there exists O^t^l such that
Benitez & Otero: 2-polynomials 0 s tA(x) + ( l - t ) B ( x ) ,
127
( x € IR 2 ).
Proof. It is obvious when either A(x) of B(x) are non negative for every x€ IR2. In the other case let y and z be such that
A(y) < 0 ^ B(y), B(z)
Since (A-B)(y) and (A-B)(z) have opposite signs there exists a point u in the segment that joints y and z, and a point v in the segment that joints y and -z such that
0 :£ A(u) = B(u),
0 * A(v)=B(v)
Let a and J3 be the symmetric bilinear functionals associated to A and B. Expanding A(ru+sv) and B(ru+sv) for r,s€ IR, it is easy to see that
cc(u,v) < 0, /3(u,v) >0
Then
from
the
expansion
of
[tA+(1-t)B](ru+sv)
we
obtain
that the wanted t is such that
ta(u,v) + (l-t)|3(u,v) = 0.
Corollary. If P, A, B are 2-polynomials in IR such that P(x) * sup [A(x),B(x)], (x€lR2) then there exists O^t^l such that P(x)s tA(x)+(l-t)B(x),
(xe IR2).
Proposition 1. Let E be the linear space IR endowed with a norm whose unit sphere is given by S = {x€ IR3: sup[A(x),B(x)] = l>
128 where
Benitez & Otero: 2-polynomials A
and B
are positive
semidefinite 2-polynomials.
Then
every
2-polynomial defined in a linear subspace of E can be extended to E preserving the norm. Proof. We shall consider only the non trivial case in which P is a non zero 2-polynomial defined in a two dimensional linear subspace
L = ker
where 0 is a non zero linear functional in E. We shall distinguish between the cases P positive semidefinite (the case negative is analogous) and P indefinite. Let P be positive semidefinite. Since
P(y) s ||P||^ sup [A(y),B(y)l ,
(y€L)
i t follows from the above corollary the existence of O^t^l such that
P(y) < ||p||L [A(y) + ( l - t ) B ( y ) ] f
Let y be the symmetric bilinear functional on ExE associated to tA+(l-t)B. Since y is positive semidefinite in ExE and non zero in LxL there exists ue E\L such that 3r(u,y)=0 for every yeL. Then the funtional y(u, . ) is either zero or proportional to .
linear
In both cases it
suffices to define
4
(xeE)
to obtain
|P(x)| = P(x) * |P| L ItA+(l-t)B] [x - | | ^ | u 1 *
||P||L [ t a + ( l - t ) B ] ( x )
* ||P|L sup [A(x),B(x)],
(xeE)
as we wish to prove. Now
let P
be
indefinite,
IT be
the symmetric
bilinear
functional associated to P and y ,y e L be such that
P(y ) = sup{P(y): y € L, ||y||, P(y ) = inf{P(y):y € L, |y|^l>
Benitez & Otero: 2-polynomials
129
Then y ^ y ^ S, PCy^X), P(y2)<0 and PCy^PCy) * n 2 (y i>y ) s P2(y.) sup[A(y),B(y)], (y e L), (i = l,2)
where the first inequality follows from the fact that P is indefinite and the second is true since in other case there would exist y € S n L such that IT2(y ,y )> P2(y ) and hence i
o
i
for t>0 sufficiently small, in contradiction with the definition of y. . Let «// and 0
be norm-preserving extensions to E of the non
zero linear functionals TT(y ,.) and TT(y ,.) such that i// is proportional to t// when so are TT(y , . ) and TT(y , . ). Then
02(x) * P2(yi) sup [A(x),B(x)],
and if we take v € (ker 0
n ker \p )\L and define
we
(i=l,2), ( X G E )
(X€E)
obtain
* P2(y.) sup [A(x),B(x)], (XG E)
from which it follows that
|P(x)|
< sup
[Pty^,
= ||P||L sup
|P(y2)|]
[A(x),B(x)l
sup ,
[A(x),B(x)l
(x€
E).
130
Benitez & Otero: 2-polynomials
as we wish to prove.
SOME REMARKS. A classical and involved theorem due to Blaschke (1916) and 3
Kakutani
(1939),
says that the unit sphere S of a norm
in R
is an
ellipsoid if and only if every section of S by an homogeneous plane can be extended to a cylinder supporting (or circumscribed to )S. On the other hand the non less classical theorem of Hahn and Banach is a generalization or abstraction of the obvious fact that every straight
line supporting S (obviously
in an homogeneous plane) can be
extended to a plane also supporting S. Roughly intermediate
speaking
problem
which
we
have
has
an
treated
in
intermediate
this
paper
answer.
with
Namely
an the
hypothetic extension of conies supporting S in an homogeneous plane to quadrics also sopporting S. With
regard
to
this
problem
we
have
seen
that
the
above
extension is not always possible when S is a cube (Schottenloher example) and it is always possible when S is a "barrel" (our example) From this stimulating points of view (a little far, certainly, from the barreled spaces) we can state in easy terms many
interesting
questions about this old and seemingly difficult problem. Are the barrels the only three dimensional examples for which is valid a quadratic Hahn-Banach theorem?. What about cylindrical extensions of circumscribed conies?. What about either dimension >3, or 2n-polynomials, or non homogeneous polynomials?. What about extension of bilinear functionals?. Etc, etc.
THE COMPLEX CASE. As we have pointed out before the Schottenloher example was given originally in the complex space C . We translated it automatically to the space IR and we gave our example in this real space.
Benitez & Otero: 2-polynomials
131
In fact, as a corollary of the following elementary lemma we obtain that the problem of extension preserving the norm of continuous 2-polynomials in complex spaces, can be reduced in all the cases to the real case.
Lemma 2. Let E be a complex normed linear space, P: E
>C be a continuous
complex 2-polynomial in E and IT be the continuous symmetric real bilinear functional associated to the continuous real 2-polynomial P =Re P. Then P(x)=TMx, x)-ill (ix, x),
(x€X) and ]P||=[P| .
Proof. Let
P(x)=Pi(x) + iP2(x), with P ^ x ) , Pg(x) € (R
and let IT (resp. II , IT ) be the continuous symmetric complex (resp. real) bilinear functional associated to P (resp. P , P ). The first part of the lemma follows from the equalities
TT (ix,x) + iIT (ix,x) = TT(ix,x) = iTI(x,x) = -II (x,x) + iTI (x,x) 1 2 2 1 The second part is an inmediate consequence of the fact that for every x€ E there exists & € C such that |# 1=1 and P(# x)€ R. x
Proposition 2.
' x'
Let E be a complex normed linear space, L
subspace of E and P: L continuous real
> C
=
Re
P
can
be
extended
to
a real
the same norm, then the same is valid for the
original complex 2-polynomial P. Proof. If
= n (x,x) , (x€ E)
is the extension of P
a linear
a complex continuous 2-polynomial. If the
2-polynomial P
2-polynomial in E of
P
x
to E, then
P(x) = n (x,x)-iTI (ix,x), (x€ X)
132
Benitez & Otero: 2-polynomials
is the extension of P to E.
REFERENCES. [1] Aron, R.M. & Berner, P.D. (1978). A Hahn-Banach extension theorem for analytic mappings. Bull. Soc. Math. Franc. 106, 3-24. [2] Benitez C. & Otero, M. C. (1986). Approximation of convex sets by quadratic sets and extension of continuous 2-polynomials. Boll. Un. Mat. Ital. , Ser. VI, Vol. V-C N.I, 233-243. [3] Blaschke, W. (1916). Kreis un Kugel. (1956). Reprinted Walter de Gruyter Berlin. [4] Hayden, T.L. (1967a). The extension of bilinear functionals. Pacific J. Math. 22, 99-109. [5] Hayden, T.L. (1967b). A conjecture on the extension of bilinear functionals. Amer. Math. Monthly, 1108-1109. [6] Kakutani, S. (1939). Some Characterizations of Euclidean space. Japan Jour. Math. 16, 93-97. [7] Marinescu, G. (1949). The extension of bilinear functionals in general euclidean spaces. Acad. Rep. Pop. Romane. Bull. Sti. A. 1, 681-686. [8] Moraes, L.A. (1984). The Hahn-Banach extension theorem for some spaces of n-homogeneous polynomials. Functional Analysis: Surveys and Recent Results III. North-Holland, 265-274. [9] Nachbin,L. (1969). Topologies on Spaces of Holomorphic Functions. Springer Verlag.
ON SOME OPERATOR IDEALS DEFINED BY APPROXIMATION NUMBERS
Fernando Cobos Dpto. de Matematicas, Univ. Autonoma de Madrid, Madrid, Spain Ivam Resina Inst. de Matematica, Univ. Estadual de Campinas,S.Paulo, Brasil To Professor Antonio Plans. Abstract. We prove a representation theorem in terms of finite rank operators for operators belonging to £ . Some oo, oo, y
information on the tensor product of operators belonging to these ideals is also obtained.
INTRODUCTION. The n-th
approximation
number
a (T) of a bounded
linear
n
operator T€ J£(E,F) acting between the Banach spaces E and F, is defined as a (T) = inf { |T-T II: T € £(E,F), rank T < nl , n=l,2 n J n y " n" n (see [3], [5]) For 0 < y < oo the ideal
\£ ,
all operators T between Banach spaces, with a finite quasi-norm
(T) = sup {(1 + log n ) * a (T): n=l,2,...}.
oo, oo, y
n
(x) Weyl ideals £ are defined in a similar way, oo,oo,3r substituting approximation numbers for Weyl numbers (x (T)). Ideals £ n
by
oo, oo, •y
have been studied by the authors in [1]. Since x (T) ^ a (T) for al 1 n € IN n
n
(see [5]), as a direct consequence of [1], Thm. 3, we have Theorem 1. Let 0 < n < oo. Then there is a constant M = M(^) such that for any complex Banach space E and any operator T € £ (E,E) the o 0 * °°> If
134
Cobos & Resina: Operator ideals
following holds s u p { (1 + l o g n ) y \\ (T) I : n€ (N } * M
(T).
Here (A (T)) denotes the sequence of all eigenvalues of the n
compact operator T counted accoding to their algebraic multiplicities and ordered such that |A (T) | * I^CT)| £ ... * 0. In this note we continue the study of £
-ideals. We derive
oo, oo, y
a representation theorem for the elements of £ r
in terms of finite
00, 00, J
rank operators. This result is on the same lines as we established in [2] for the case of the ideals £
(0 < q < oo, -1/q < -y < oo). We also
oo, q, K
obtain some information on the tensor porduct of operators belonging to the scale of the ideals £ y MAIN RESULTS. Theorem 2. Let 0 < y < co and E,F
be Banach spaces. Then the following
are equivalent for T € £(E,F): (1) T € £
(E,F). » » If n (2) There are operators Tn € £(E,F) of rank Tn < 2 ( 2} such 00 00
oo
that T = V T converges in the operator norm and Lt n
n=0
sup
j 2 n * ||T || : n=0, 1, ...
In this case
rank
Cobos & Resina: Operator ideals defines
a quasi-norm equivalent
135
to
n
Proof.
= 2(2 * ,
Put v
n = 0,1
and l e t T € 1
choose
(E,F).
We c a n
oo, oo, y
n
L € £(E,F) such
that
rank L < v n
and
llT-L II ^ 2 a ( T ) .
n
"
n"
V
Write T
= 0 , T = L and T = L
0
We have
1
0
- L
n-1
n
for n = 2,3, . . .
n-2
n+l
|
T
T
-Z
=
j|
II
T
i
" L ni s 2a w ( T ) - » 0 a s
II
n
J=o Furthermore rank T < v
+v n-1
n
||Tn| ^ \ \ _ { -
T
ll
+
,
|T II ^ 3 a (T)
n
" 1"
and
1
II T " L n _ 2 l " 4 a y
(T)
'
n =
2,3,...
n-2
Whence the monotonicity of approximation numbers yields
sup
{2-MTJ: n-0.1....} ^ |TJ , 2 ™
= sup
s 23y+2 sup [ a ^ T ) ,
|T n+2 | : n - 0 . 1 . . . . }
a2(T),
2 ( n ' 1 ) r a y ( T ) : n = 1,2
^
c
n
sup {a (T),
(1 + log 2 ) y a (T)f
max ( ( 1 + l o g k)7 a (T): v < k ^ v \ : n=l,2, . . . 1 ^ k n-1 nj J = c
s u pJ ( l + l o gn ) r a (T) : n = 1 , 2 , . . . i
where the constant c
depends only on y.
Therefore
(T) ^ c cr
(T).
l oo, oo, y
136
Cobos & Resina: Operator ideals 00
Assume conversely that T admits a representation T = V T as in (2). Since Lt
n-1
rank
Y L
n
n-1 T
k
-
k=0
Y L
v
k
< v n , n = 1, 2, . . .
k=0
it follows that n-1
a
V
oo
(T) < T - y T N I
L k||
kr k T i11 V I||T Ii = V (2" k?*2* k * i-. ||T k,
L " k
L
k=n
k=0
"
k= n
"1 s u p J 2 k r | T k | : k = n , n + l , . . . Analogously
i
L k=0
(1 - 2 " 3 ' ) ' 1 s u p I 2 k * | T J | : k = 0 , 1 ,
Using again the monotonicity of approximation numbers, we obtain
cr^ ^
(T) =
=sup J a (T),max J ( l + log k ) I 1 I a^T),
2
y
a (T): L » ^ k < y l : n= 0 , 1 , . I k n n+lj J
' a ^ ( T ) : n = 0 , 1 , . . . ln
J
ny
* c3 sup J2 ||Tj : n = 0 , 1 , . . . | . The constants c and c only depend on y. This completes the proof.
D
In order to derive a result on the tensor product of operators belonging to these ideals, we now recall some elementary facts concerning
Cobos & Resina: Operator ideals
137
the theory of tensor products (see, for example, By a cross-norm
[4]).
x we mean a norm which
is simultaneously
defined on all algebraic tensor product E ® F of Banach spaces E and F, such that
(x ® y) = ||xI |y| for all x € E, y € F.
T
The complete hull of E ® F with respect to the topology generated by x is denoted by E ® F. X
The algebraic tensor product S ® T of two continuously linear operators S € #(E,E ) and T <= £(F,F ) is the linear operator from E ® F into E ® F
defined uniquely by n
(S ® T) [ [
n
Xj
® y.j = [ Sx. ® T Yj , x. € E, Yj € F.
j=i
j=i
A croos-norm is called a tensor norm provided that for all such maps the following holds
x
j
@ Ty
j) * I s !
In this case S ® T admits a unique x-continuous extension acting from E ® F x x
into E ® F oo
Theorem 3. Let S e £
0 < /3 < y < oo and let
O(E,E
oo, co, (3
which is denoted by J S ® T. x
) and
T € £
S ®T € £ X
(F,F ) co, co, y
0
x be a tensor imply
0
AE ® F, E ® F ) .
oo, co, p '
0
X
Proof. Consider representations
0
X
norm.
Then
138
Cobos & Resina: Operator ideals 00
S = y S
V.
L
T =
, rank S
k
s 2(2
)
= v
, sup ( 2 k/3 IIS II : k = 0, 1, . . . 1 < oo
k
^
^
" k"
and
J
I T £ • rank Tl " Vl ' s u p { 2*T 1 T J : ^ = 0. 1» • • •
Put R = R = 0 and 0
R ==
\
n
^ ^
1
S ®® T kk
k
f l
,n=2,3,...
C
£ 2
We have 00
S ®T = V R with L n=0
rank R = s
n
n
)
v v
p
± v
[_^ k I k+£ = n-2
V v
L k=0
k
2 v n-2
n
Moreover, it follows from
=
).
2
|SJ 2
|Tt| 2 00
, sup { 2^ |SJ } sup { 2* \lt\ } [ k^O
that
J
^
l> c^O
-°
O-y)
J
*-
sup | 2n/3 |Rn| : n = 0 , 1 , . . . j
<
00.
Consequently, Theorem 2 implies
S ® T € £ T
(E ® F, E ® F ).
O oo,oo,« '
T
0
X
0
D
The stability under tensor norms of the operator ideals £ oc
(0 < q < oo , -1/q < y < m) has been studied by the authors in [2].
Cobos & Resina: Operator ideals
139
REFERENCES. [1] Cobos, F. & Resina, I. Some operator ideals related to ^-summing operators. Prepri nt. [2] Cobos, F. & Resina, I. Representation theorems for some operator ideals. J. London Math. Soc., to appear. [3] Konig, H. (1986). Eigenvalue distribution of compact operators, Birhauser, Baswl. [4] Kothe, G. (1969/79). Topological vector spaces. Vol. I and II. Springer, New York-Heidelberg-Berlin. [5] Pietsch, A. (1987). Eigenvalues and s-numbers, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambr i dge.
The Cooperacion 86-0964-0).
con
first
author
Iberoamerica,
was and
supported
in
the
second
part
by by
M.E.C.
Programa
FAPESP-BRASIL
de
(Proc.
SOME REMARKS ON THE COMPACT OPERATOR PROBLEM
NON-NUCLEAR
Kamil John (Praha) Math. Inst. of Czechoslovak Academy of Sciences, Praha.
Let us consider the following long standing question [2,3]: (*) Suppose that X,Y are infinite dimensional Banach spaces. Does then exist a compact non-nuclear operator T:X The
problem
has
positive
>Y ? answer
under
quite
general
assumptions [1,10,15]. Positive answer of the finite-dimensional version of (*)
was given in [12]. Close to (*)
is another problem posed by
Grothendieck and solved by the example of Pisier's space P [12]: P is an infinite dimensional Banach space such that D P ®
e
P = P <s> P n
and 2) P and P' are of cotype 2. G. Pisier already observed [13] that if P were reflexive * had R.N. property then every bounded operator T:P > P'
or merely if P
would be nuclear and thus (*) implies
that
every
T:P
>P*
would have negative answer. Indeed, 1) is
integral.
Unfortunately
no
reflexive
Pisier's space P is known to exist. We may also translate the problem into the category of locally convex spaces: Suppose that X,Y are non-nuclear locally convex spaces. Does then exist a compact non-nuclear operator T:X—>Y ? This generalized problem has a negative answer, [6,7]: There is a non-nuclear F space X and a non-nuclear DF space Z = Y' such that every continuous operator T: X — > Z is (strongly) nuclear. X and Z are obtained via Pisier's observation
John: Non-nuclear operator
141
mentioned above from an example with properties similar to 1): There are non-nuclear F spaces X, Y such that X ® Y = X ®
Y.
Moreover X,Y are hilbertizable. Due to the last fact we may conclude that integral operators
T: X
>Y* are nuclear (c.f. [11] for details).
We feel therefore that (*) has (similarly as in the locally convex case) negative answer and that the Pisier's space P and its dual P' (possibly with some modifications) might be counterexamples to (*).
In
this note we observe some simple facts and special cases which support this conjecture. First
let us denote by 2, X, 9 , M,
V respectively
the
p
classes
of
continuous,
compact,
absolutely
p-summable,
nuclear
and
integral operators. Further we will denote by ^ the set of finite rank operators, by d the approximable operators (i.e. d = ¥ c £) and 2) = 9 *
22
• 9
(= F ), where T
are operators factorizable through a Hilbert space
(see
[5,11,14] for details and further notation).
We will
say that a
Banach space X is a Grothendieck's theorem space (G.T. space) if
More generally we say [4] that X is a Hi lbert-Schmidt space (H.S. ) if
This is equivalent to the fact that Id
is absolutely (2,2,2)
x summing and thus is a seldfdual property:
i) X is H.S. Evidently X
*=> X' is H.S. is G.T.
space
implies that
X
is H.S. space.
Conversely we have: ii) If X is of cotype 2 then X is H.S. iff X is G.T. space [14, Theorem 5.16].
142
John: Non-nuclear operator It can be shown that the property 1) of the Pisiser's space
implies that P and P' are of every cotype q > 2 [12,9]. We do not know if 1) necessarily implies that P and P' are of cotype 2. It is easy to see that 1) implies that P is H.S. space [8]. From this and from i) and ii) we may conclude: Properties 1) and 2) imply that all the spaces P, P', P",... are G.T. spaces. Also
we
have:
Let
£(X,Y)=
JV(X,Y)
for
some
infinite
dimensional Banach space Y. Then (by Dvoretzky's theorem) X verifies G.T. (c.f.
[12], p. 42). In [13] Pisier (1983) proved
with the approximable operators, d(P,P).
that W(P,P) coincides
The following observation is a
straightforward generalization of this fact:
Lemma 1.
Let X
Pisiser's
space
be
any of
P = P
(0)
the spaces P (n)
(n=0, 1,2, . . . , n-th
) and
any of
let Y be
the spaces
dual P (m)
(m=0,1,2, . . . ). Then 3) d(X,Y) = JV(X,Y),
or equivalently: 4) There is
c > 0
such that N(T) *
c||T||
for
any
T € ?(X,Y). (N denotes the nuclear norm). Proof, (c.f. [13.14]). According to an observation made above X and Y are H.S. spaces. Of course X* and Y are of cotype 2. By Pisier's factorization theorem [14, Theorem 4.1] there exists a constant c
> 0 such that
y2(T) * cjT|| for any T € 2(X,Y),
i.e.
T = BA
where
A: X
>l , B: I 2
The Hilbert-Schmidt
with
|A||-||B| ± c ^ l + e )
||T||,
>Y. 2
property of X and Y' yield now P^A)
P (B')^ c ||B||, where P
is the
^ C2||A|| and
absolutely 2-summing norm and c , c
are
constants depending only on P. Thus we have P (A)P (B') ^ c c c (l+e)||T|. This means that for y (T) (which is by definition the infimum of all
of
John: Non-nuclear operator
143
numbers P (A)P (Bf ) in the f a c t o r i z a t i o n s 2
m
7 2 (T)
^
T = BA
through I ) we have
2
2
c ||T||.
Now dual
version
[14, Theorem
4.9] of
Pisier's
factorization theorem yields N(T) which gives 4 ) . To show 3) we suppose that |T-T |—K) with some T € £. Then, by 4) {T > is a Cauchy sequence in JV(X,Y), q.e.d. n
Let X,Y be as above. The problem whether reduces to the question whether X(X,Y) = d{X,Y). we were able to prove the factorization
X(X,Y) = ^(X,Y)
This would be so if e.g.
X(X,Y) = T -X(X,Y).
Indeed, the metric approximation property of Hilbert space gives that T -X c d. We will now produce such a factorization for certain operators. Let X be any Banach space. An operator T:X—>X' is said to be positive, resp. symmetric
if ^ 0 for all x€ X, resp. =
= <x,Ty> for all x,y€ X, i.e. if T 7 X = T (see [16]). Lemma 2. [16, p. 123]. Let T:X—>X' be positive symmetric operator. Then T = A'A, where
A € 2(X,£ ).
Lemma 3. Let T = A*A be as above and let B be the unit ball of X. Then
x on A B V c I A
coincide the Hilbert norm topology and the topology induced
2
by the operator A' : I >X' . Proof.- [16, p. 124]. Observe that if x , x G B v then n
A
2
I Ax -Ax|| = (Ax -Ax, Ax -Ax) = <x -x, A'A(x -x)> ^ II
n
"
n
n
n
n
s 2 [A'(Ax -Ax) || * 2 ||A|| - ||Ax -Ax||. Corollary. T = A'A is compact iff A
is compact.
T:P >P' {or Proposition. Every compact positive symmetric operator T:P* >P) is nuclear. Proof.' Let Te X(P,P'). Lemma 2 and the above Corollary yield that T = A'A
144
John: Non-nuclear operator
where A: X
>i is compact. The metric approximation property of I implies
that A<= A. Therefore T€ A(P, P' )=^(P,P') by Lemma 1. Acknowledgements. I am indebted to Hans Jarchow for helpful conversation on the subjet. REFERENCES. [1] Davies, W. ; Johnson, W. B. (1974). Compact, Non-Nuclear Operators. Studia Math. 51 , 81-85 [2] Grothendieck, A.(1955). Produits tensoriels topologiques et espaces nucleaires. Memoirs AMS 16. [3] Grothendieck, A. (1956). Resume de la theorie metrique des produits tensoriels topologiques. Bol. Soc. Matem. Sao Paulo 8, 1-79. [4] Jarchow, H. (1982). On Hilbert-Schmnidt spaces. Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo (Suppl) II (2), 153-160. [5] Jarchow, H. (1981). Locally Convex spaces. Teubner, Stutgart. [6] John, K. (1983). Counterexample to a conjecture of Grothendieck. Math. Ann. 265, 169-179. [7] John, K. (1986). Nuclearity and tensor products . DOGA Tr. J. Math. 10, 125-135. [8] John, K. (1983). Tensor products and nuclearity. Lecture Notes in Math. 991, 124-129. [9] John, K. (1981). On tensor product characterization of nuclear spaces. Math. Ann. 257, 341-353. [10] Johnson, W.B.; Konig, H.; Maurey, B.; Retherford, R. (1979). Eigenvalues of p-summing and I -type operators in Banach p
[11] [12] [13] [14] [15] [16]
spaces. J. Funct. Anal. 32, 353-380. Pietsch, A. (1978). Operator ideals. Berlin. Pisier, G. (1980). Un theoreme sur les operateurs lineaires entre espaces de Banach qui se factorisent par un space de Hilbert. Ann. scient. Ec. Norm. Sup. 13, 23-43. Pisier, G. (1983). Counterexamples to a conjecture of Grothendieck. Acta Math. 151, 181-208. Pisier, G. (1986). Factorization of linear operators and geometry of Banach spaces. Amer. Math. S o c , CBMS Regional. Conf. Series in Math., No. 60. Tseitlin, I. I. (1973). On a particular case of the existence of compact linear operator which is not nuclear Funct. Anal. Pril. 6, 102. Ciobanjan, S.A. (1985). Vachania, N.N. Tarieladze, V.I.; Verojatnostnye raspredelenia v Banachovych prostranstvach. Moskva Nauka.
ON SOME PROPERTIES OF A^ , L*/H* AS BANACH ALGEBRAS
Juan C. Candeal Dpto. de An. Economico, E.U.E.E., Zaragoza, Spain Jose E. Gale Dpto. de Matematicas, Fac. Ciencias, Zaragoza, Spain. A nuestro profesor Antonio Plans
Abstract. We show some properties of the Banach algebras A # and L /H
in relation with analytic semigroups and Banach
module homomorphisms. In particular we give some results involving the Radon-Nikodym and the analytic Radon-Nikodym properties.
INTRODUCTION. If l^p<+oo we denote by L p (L , if p=oo) the usual convolution Banach algebra of all p-integrable (essentially bounded) functions on the unit
circle
T,
under
the norm
II • II II l i p
( II • II ). Write
Hp
for
the
closed
II II oo
subalgebra of L p formed by all functions f€ L p such that f(n)=0, n < 0, where f(n) is the n-th Fourier coefficient of f, and put H p = {fe Hp: f(0)=0>. Let A # be the subalgebra of L
formed by all functions which are
analytic on ID={z€ C: |z |< 1 > and continuous on ID = (Dul. Endowed with the sup-norm || • | p
p
p
Actually, L , H , H , A* fe A * — > f € H p
and
on T, A # is a Banach algebra.
1
are ideals of L . Observe that the injections
fe H p — > f+H1 € o
L V H 1 , where o
f (e 11 )=f ( e " 1 1 ) ,
t € [0,27i), are continuous. The linear structure of the underlying Banach spaces of Am, L V H 1
has been extensively studied
(see [19], [2], [3],
[11],..., for instance). As is well known, the dual Banach spaces of A ¥ , L /H
are respectively M/H , H°° where M = {complex Borel regular measures
on T} is endowed with the norm of the total variation ([19]). In this note we show some properties of A f ) L /H as convolution Banach algebras. This product
in A #
considered
is usually called
146
Candeal & Gal6: A* and l^/H*
Hadamard's
product
and
it
satisfies
that
-(f*g) (n) (O)
=
n!
•- g
-,f (n) (0)n!
(0), f,geA~, n^O. It is not hard to prove that the maximal ideal
n!
space of A # coincides with (N = IN u {0} and the Gelfand representation is given by f (n) (0)
=
(f(n))
€
c . Moreover 0
n!
A*
is
a
regular
non-unital, semisimple Banach algebra satisfying the spectral synthesis ([20], p. 95). The same properties are clearly satisfied by L /H , as a quotient algebra of L . In the first section of this paper we observe that (az) _ it _! z
z
a (t) = (l-e e
) ,
Rez>0
t€
[0,27r),
is
an
analytic
semigroup
(definitions
below) which generates A # and L /H , and has good growth conditions. We use this semigroup in Am to give a partial answer in the negative sense to a question of [23]. Also, we give a proof of the fact that the Banach algebras which contain bounded analytic semigroups on U = {Re z>0} do not possess the Radon-Nikodym property (RNP). (For definitions and properties of RNP, see [7]). We will also consider a weakened form of RNP, namely the analytic Radon-Nikodym property (ARNP). See definitions and properties in [4], [8]. In the second section we study module homomorphisms from Am and L /H . If A is a Banach algebra and X is a left Banach A-module, Hom(A;X) stands for the Banach space of all module homorphism from A to X. In
[22], Reiffel
asked
if
Hom(A;X)
=
X
whenever
A
has
a
bounded
approximate identity, X is neounital (i.e. AX = X) and X is a dual Banach space. The first named author has recently proved that the above equality is not true, in general ([5]). Nevertheless, Hom(A;X) = X is obtained in [22], for A = L (G), G locally compact group, and X separable. The proof of this is in fact valid for every Banach L^O-module X with RNP. We show here that Hom(L1/H1;X) = X for every Banach LV^-module X with ARNP. o o Moreover we prove that 1) Homd-VH^X) = X, 2) X has ARNP, 3) X is a dual Banach L /H -module, are three equivalent properties if X is separable in its own norm and is a subalgebra of I (for the coordinatewise product). So it is very clear from this point of view why
LVH1
ARNP. A similar result is given for L (G), G compact group.
fails to have
Candeal & Gate: A, and I^/H*
147
Finally we observe that A # is an example of a Banach algebra with a quasi-bounded approximate identity (see [26]) whose completion in the multiplier norm is L /H . As a consequence we obtain that Mul(A^) (=Hom(Am,A#)) = M/H1.
(Actually our
interest
in characterizing
Mul(A#)
motivated this note. But such a characterization was already obtained by A.E. Taylor in 1950! It can be also deduced from [17]. These proofs are different from the one given here).
Let A be a Banach algebra annd let S be an additive semigroup of complex numbers. A semigroup in A, on S, is a mapping, z<= S such that a
z
z
= a -a
w
> aZ€ A
for all z,w € S. We say that the semigroup is
analytic if S is open and the mapping is analytic. If S=IR semigroup will be respectively denoted by (as)
or S=U the
, (az)
s>0
Rez>0
Proposition 1.1. If az(t) = (l-e"zeit)"1, t€ [0,2TT), ze U, then
(a z ) R e
is an analytic semigroup which geherates Am> H , L /H . Proof. If z€ U and n^O, then az(n)=e~nz hence a z *aw = a z+w for all zeU. Moreover, the mapping
z € U
|au(t)-az(t)| *
sup
> aZ€ A^ is continuous since
|e'w-e-z|
(l-e"Re V
1
(l-e"Re V \
if z,w
c U,
t€[ 0,271)
and so the analyticity follows from the vector Morera's theorem. Let 0>
the closed subalgebra of A # generated by the
Assume //ii€€ MM such such that that semigroup.. Assume
considered as a continuous // i! ++ HH11,, considered
linear functional on A # , vanishes on 0> . Then,
n
0
1 1
f271 tA
-z
it^-1 . ,, v
(1 e e ] d (t)
= 27F Jo "
1 1
f27r
r
i P
^ = 2^ Jo [ I
e -nz e
int
J
00
= V e"nz fi(-n), for all z€ U. Therefore /i(-n)=0, if n^O, and, by the Riesz n=0
Brothers' theorem, we obtain that /i€ H . The remainder follows from the continuity of the injections of A # into Hp, L /H
(they have dense range).
•
148
Candeal & Gate: A, and L/H* A. Sinclair suggests in [23] p. 80 this question: if A is a
Banach algebra containing an analytic semigroup (cz)
such that
Re z>0
r
dy
does there exist another semigroup (bs) &
The semigroup
in A, bounded on IR ?
s>o
z
(a )
of Theorem
1.1 satisfies condition
Re z>0
(*), and we will now prove that A # is a counterexample to the question, in a partial sense. A basic tool for our proof is the following Esterle's result. Lemma 1.2.
([9], Th. 4.1). Let (bs)
Banach algebra. Then there exists
be a semigroup in a separable
(s )
c IR such that
lim s
n n^l
n
s+s
lim lib
-b II = 0
=0 and
n
for every s>0.
Proposition 1.3 . Let (b ) E = {n€(N : (bs)*0 for all
be a semigroup in
such that
A#
s>0} is infinite. Then (bs)
0
is not bounded
s>0
on IR+. Proof.
Consider
the closed
semigroup (b s ) s>o & +
s
ideal
I =
U
bs
A#\
Ls>o
in A*r
By Lemma 1.2, J
there
generated
-I
is
(s k )
k
k^i
by
c IR+ such
the
that
s
+
>0
and e
and b * g > g for every g€ I. So, if (b ) is bounded on IR s = b , k^l, then (e ) is a bounded approximate identity in I,
hence 1*1 = 1 ([1], p. 61). Put Z(I)={n€ N Q : g(n) = 0 for all g€ I}. As (bs)
is a semigroup, Z(I)=(N \E. We distinguish two cases 1) There is f€ I such that
for some g,h € I Q A # (g(n))
,
(h(n))
6
V |f(n)|= +w . Since 1*1=1, f=g*h
Q \}\ therefore f(n) = g(n)h(n), 12(E)
whence
V |f(n) |< n€E
contradiction.
+oo,
n€ E, with which
is
a
Candeal & Gate: A, and I^/HQ
spectral
2) For
each
synthesis,
I
c -weakly
for
some
f€ =
e€
I,
V|f(n)|<
I (E)
I.
In
149
=
+00 .Since
c (E)\
particular
It
follows
satisfies
the
that
>(n),
e (n) K
e k (n)g(n)—-
A*
ne
E,
but
K
>g(n) for all g<= I hence e (n)
>1 and and so e(n) = l for all >1
n € E. It follows that e g I, a contradiction. •
By means of a duality argument as in part 2) of the above proof, it can be shown that the Banach algebras lp, H p (l^p<+oo) are also partial counterexamples to the Sinclair's question. On the other hand, the semigroup (az) is bounded in L /H on U. Thus o following general result. Proposition 1.4.
of Proposition 1.1
Re z>0
L /H o
serves
to
illustrate
the
Let A be a non unital Banach algebra containing an
analytic semigroup
Ca )
such that
sup ||a || < +oo. Then A does not
Re z>0
"
"
u have RNP. Proof. Whithout loss of g e n e r a l i t y we can assume t h a t A i s generated by (a z )
. Note t h a t
a z -a w =a z+w
> a w+iy if z
Re z>0 iy
ye R,
we U;
therefore
My
z
there exists a b:= z->i limy a b for every b€ A. It is routine to verify that a-'y(alyb)=b. Put C={(l+z)~1aZ: z€ U} u {0}. The subset C is clearly bounded in A and it is also closed: suppose (1+z )~ a n
> be A. If
then b = 0 e C; otherwise, we can assume that z such that Re z i 0. If Re z 0
0
> 0 then b=(l+z ) a a ° € C. If z =iy , y e R, 0
0
°o
obtain -iy
iy
(1+z )-1a
°b'=bb' and so b'=a
iy
°(a
'0
that
iy
V
)=a
°[(l+z)b]b*
for all b'e A.
This is a contradiction because A is non unital. Now, let
F be a real continuous linear functional on A such
that sup F(C) = max FCC). If max F(C) = F(0) = 0 then F(C)^0; if max FCC) z = F(Cl+z )-1a °) for some ze U then the harmonic function FCCl+z)"^2) 0
0
attains its maximum on U and so it is constant. In fact, F is null on C
150 since
Candeal & Gal6: A, and Lj/H* F((l+z) *a z )—r—,
^-^
F(O)=O.
In any case,
F(C)^O.
Take
a
character (b) f o r a11 b€ A = 1 since
0 ^ Hence Re
1.4 is an example
semigroups and geometric sup |az|| < +oo , then z€U, I z I <1
of the interplay
properties.
Actually,
between
much more is
A does not have ARNP ([6]).
2. MODULE HOMOMORPHIMS AND THE BANACH ALGEBRAS
Let A be a Banach algebra and let X be a left Banach A-module with respect to the action (a,x)e AxX dual Banach space of X
> a-x€ X. Recall that if X' is the
then X' is a left Banach A-module under the action
given by <x,a-x'>=,
xe X, x'€ X', a<= A, where <,> stands for
duality. Then X' is called a left dual Banach A-module. If T:A
>X is a continuous linear operator, we say that T is
a right module homomorphism whenever T(ab)=a-Tb for all a, b€ A. We denote by Horn (A;X) the Banach space of all right module homomorphisms from A to X endowed with the norm ||T| = sup |Ta|. In the case X=A we write Hom(A;X) op llall£l = Mul(A), the right multiplier Banach algebra of A. The spaces Hom(A;X) were introduced in [13]. Representations of Horn (A;X) by means of tensor products have been given in [22], [14]. In the setting of the geometry of Banach spaces, module homomorphisms which are absolutely summing operators have been studied in [15], in several cases. Also, note that the classical Paley's theorem says that Hom(A # ;£ 2 ) = f ([19], p. 6 3 ) . The
study
of module
homomorphisms
is connected
with the
duality in the natural way (see [22], [18], for instante). The proof of the next proposition is well known.
Candeal & Gale: A* and Lj/H* Proposition 2.1. approximate
([22]).
identity
If
and
A
X
151
is is
a
Banach
a
algebra
neounital
with
Banach
a
bounded
A-module
then
Hom(A;X' )=X* . This equality is an isometry and means that T € Hom(A;X') if and only if there is a unique x'€ X' such that
T(a)=a-x* for all aeA..
Remark. By using the Cohen's Factorization Theorem obtain that
if A,X are as in Proposition 2.1
A-submodule of X' such that calculate
quickly
module
A-X'=Y
then
homomorphims
([1]) we can easily
and Y
is a
left Banach
Hom(A;Y) = X'. This is a way to in
some
concrete
cases:
(i)
M U H L / C G ) ) = HomCL^GhMCG)) = M(G) where G is a locally compact group, M(G)={complex regular Borel measures on G} and the module action is the convolution,
since
multipliers theory
L1(G)*M(G) = L*(G) ([16]),
coordinatewise product),
(this
(ii) Mul(c ) = t
is a classical
(the module action
(iii) M U K L V H 1 ) = Hom(L1/H1; M/H1) 0
the
convolution
Homd-VH1,^0)
of
cosets
= £°°, w h e r e
module
O n 1
1
(v) Hom(L /H ,A.) 0
0
0
action.
n^O
in
is the
= M/H1, with
0
(iv)
(f+Ha)-(x ) ^ = (f(-n)-x )
0
c
as
result
0
Horn
(L /H ,c ) =
oo , f e L1, (x )
n n^O
€
n n2:0
1
= H O H I C L V H , H°°) = H°° e t c . . .
*
0
In [22], Rieffel asked if Hom(A;X)=X for a Banach algebra A with a bounded approximate
identity and a neounital
Banach A-module X
which is a dual Banach space. The general answer to this question is no ([5]) but Rieffel showed in [22], p. 477, that HomCL^G) ;X)
= X for X
separable. Actually, his proof works for every Banach L (G)-module with RNP.
In the same way, we will now prove that Hom(L1/H1;X) = X if X has
ARNP. We will use a characterization of ARNP given by Dowling. L
stands
for the space of all essentially bounded X-valued functions on T. Lemma 2.2. ([8], Th. 1). A Banach space X has ARNP if and only if for each bounded
linear
representable
operator i.e.
T:L/H
(T-q)(f) =
>L /H
the
operator
fg for every fe L T is the natural quotient operator. J
where q:L
>X
T-q:L and some
>X is g€ L X
152
Candeal & Gate: A* and I^/H*
Theorem 2.3. Let X be a neounital Banach LVH 1 -module
with ARNP. Then
Hom(LVH*;X) = X. Proof. If we define f-x = q(f)-x, f€ L1, x€ X, then X is a neounital left Banach L -module. Further, the element (/n*f)-y of X is independent of the decomposition of x€ X as x=f-y (fe L , y€X), for every /i€ M; so X becomes a left Banach M-module under the action ji-x = (ji*f)-y. Then we define the action of "IT on X as e . i t
,
at e
-x = 5 -x where t€ [O,27i), 6
is the Dirac measure
_.
, and X G X. On the other hand, if T€ HOIIICLVHSX) then T =T-q belongs to
HomtL^X) and T the
same
is represent able by Lemma 2.2 since X has ARNP. Now, by
argument
as
in
[22], p.
477,
T(q(f)) = T (f) = f-x for all x€ X.
we
can
get
x<= X
Homd-VH 1 ;^) = t 0
or
that
•
The converse to the Theorem 2.3 does not hold since
such
Horn ( L V H 1 ; M/H1) 0 0
in general,
= M/H1. However we will 0
give a partial converse in Theorem (2.5). For this we need the following result. If A is a Banach algebra and X is a left Banach A-module we say that A is X-weakly completely continuous if each operator T (x)=a-x, x€ X, a€ A, from X to X is weakly compact. Lemma 2.4. ([5]). The following properties are equivalent (here we suppose A with a bounded approximate identity): (i) A is X-weakly completely continuous. (ii) A-X" c X. (Hi) for
Horn (A;X) = X"/R = (A-X')', where R = {x"e X": a-x"=0 all a€ A}.
Related results can be seen in [25], [18]. We do not know whether or not the above lemma has also been proved in [27] (see [18], p. 499) because this reference has not been available for us so far. Property
(iii) of Lemma 2.4
module homomorphisms. Thus
is good in order to find some
Mul(c ) = (c •£ 1 )' = U 1 ) ' = f;
MuKL^G)) =
oo = (L1(G)*La>(G))' = C(G)' = M(G) and Hom(L1(G); C(G)) X
=L (G)' = L°°(G), if G is a compact group;
V ^
= (L1(G)*M(G))' = V ^
0
0
Candeal & Gate: A* and Lj/H*
153
= M/H1; HomCLVHSA^) = ( L V H ^ M / H 1 ) ' = ( L V H 1 ) ' 0
0
*
0
0
= if,
etc.
0
(see examples in the remark after Proposition 2.1). Theorem 2.5. that
Let X be a separable neounital Banach
L /H
is
X-weakly
completely
continuous.
L /H -module such
Then
the following
statements are equivalent: (i) X has ARNP. H i ; Hom(L1/H1;X)=X. (iii) X is a dual Banach In
particular
this
is
isomorphic to a subalgebra of I
L /H -module. o the case
n n^O
X
is algebraically
and the module action
€ X, f€ L1, x = (x )
q(f)*x = (f(-n)x )
if
is given by
€ t.
n n—0
Proof. The first part is clear because of Theorem (2.3) and Lemma (2.4). For the second part, note that the operator T : x€ X > p*x€ X is compact ^
p
for every pe L /H such that p(n)=0 whenever n^n , for some n . Moreover , fe L , is aproximable by operators T in the operator each operator T q(f)
P
1
norm topology. Hence L /H
is X-weakly completely continuous.
•
1
As is well known L V H does not have ARNP. The first proof of this was given in [4], via vector-valued bounded analytic functions. A second proof can be obtained from Lemma (2.2) by taking the operator T=q, q:L*
> L V H . Our Theorem 2.5 "measures" exactly the lack of ARNP in
L /H , in the setting of the module homomorphims. The same can be said about c . o Using similar arguments as above, analogous results can be obtained
for the group algebra of a compact
group.
See [21] for the
definition and properties of Segal algebras. Theorem 2.6. Let G be a compact group and let X be a separable neounital left
Banach
L (G)-module
for
the convolution
action.
The following
statements are equivalent: (i)
X
(ii)
Hom(L1(G);X) = X.
has RNP.
(iii) X is a dual Banach
L1(G)-moduie.
In particular, this is the case for every Segal algebra X of
154
Candeal & Gale: A* and I^/
Proof.
The
only
thing
to
be
explained
is
that
the
irreducible
representations of L (G), which generate weakly compact operators, are dense in L^G) ([12]). Any Banach space X is a L -module under the module action f-x = f(l)x (fe L1, X € X). If T G Horn ( L S X ) ,
f€ L1, and (e )
is a bounded
n n^l
1
a p p r o x i m a t e identity in L w e have T ( f ) = limT(f*e n ) = = lim f-Ten = lim n
n ^
n
f(l)(Te ) whence there is x€ X such that x = lim Te and Tf = f(l)x = f-x. n
n
n
Therefore Horn (L ;X) = X. This shows that we cannot change the convolution module action in Theorem 2.6, in general. There
is a condition on a Banach algebra A which
is less
restrictive than that of having a bounded approximate identity and which allows us to identify
Mul(A)
in many situations, by following a general
strategy. This condition consists on the existence in A of a quasibounded right
approximate
identity,
such that the family (T
).
general argument to identify
i.e.
a right
approximate
identity ( e ) .
is bounded in the norm of Mul(A) ([26]). The Mul(A)
is given by the next result.
Proposition 2.7. ([26], Th. 3.2) Let A be a semisimple Banach algebra with a
quasi-bounded
completion
of
A
right in
approximate Mul(A)
for
identity the
norm
(e.). II • II . 11
Let
B
Then
be
the
Mul(A)
is
"op
topologically isomorphic to Mul(B). The interest of Proposition (2.7) is that (e ). approximate applied,
identity
are
given
is a bounded
in B. Examples for which Proposition 2.7 in
[18], §1. We
show here
two
other
can be
interesting
examples of this general method. The first one is A#. The second one is the Banach algebra of all nuclear operators on a Banach space with the bounded approximation property.
Examples. 1) If
e (z) = (1-rz)"1, ze ID, 0
in the operator norm topology is
(e ) r
quasi-bounded approximate identity in
is a
0
Am. Moreover, the completion of
L /H . In particular
Mul(A#) = M/H .
Candeal & Gate: A* and Lj/H*
155
To see this, take f€Am, and put f (z) = f(rz) if Z€D, 01 * r r e *f = f . Moreover, lie II = sup lie *f II = sup IIf II = 1 f o r 0 < r < l . " r " ° p | r | <1 " r "°° | r | | <1 r " II
II00
"
"00
Now, i f g€ A* then f ^ g ^ = |
the norm of f + Ho in L V H \ Hence o =
S1
\'L
IIf I s flf + Ho!!» i. Conversely, ||f| = Jr " "op " » II n o p
sup iCf'gJCe11)^
s u p ||f*g| =
1
" ML*
where [ f + H ^ i s
1
sup |(f*g)(l)|
HI*
1
=
t€[O,27T)
=
f(els)g(els)ds| = If+H*^ (The last equality holds because
sup | - M
1
IhIL-
n
J°
of the duality between A* and M/H 1 ). The isomorphism Mul(A#) = M/H1
was proved by the first time
by A.E. Taylor in 1950 ([24], Th. 9.3). It is also a consequence of the main theorem of [17], although it was not mentioned there. 2) Let X be a Banach space and put (x'®x)(y) = x for all
x,y€ X, x*€ X'. Let #(X) be the Banach algebra of the nuclear 00
operators on X, i.e. ^(X) = {N:X
>X| N = V x'® x , x € X, x '€ X' and 1
U n=l
oo
y llx> I
ll x II
<
+oo)>
endowed
with
the
norm
n
n
n
n
oo
||N| = i n f
i V ||x' | flx ||:
n=l
n=l oo
N= V x'® x I. L n nj
It
is
suitable
for
us
to
write
ST=T-S
where
n=l
S,T
€
£(X) =
composition.
{bounded
Then
each
linear element
operators of
#(X)
on
X}
and
defines
"•" by
stands
this
composition a right multiplier of N{X). If we write |||T||| = then ||T|| ^ ||T|
for
reversed sup
fNT^
since |NT|| * ||T| [N|| . Conversely, if x€ X, x'€ X',
and |x||, ||x'I ^ 1 we have |Tx| = ||x'® Tx| = ||T (x'@ x ) | ^ || | T | ||, whence | |T| ||=|T||. So, the |||-| (-completion of ^(X) equals its || • | -completion, i.e. the || • | -completion of finite rank operators, say F(X). Now
MuKF(X))
=
£(X) ([13]) and
F(X) has a
right
bounded
156
Candeal & Gale: A* and I^/H*
approximate identity since X has the bounded approximation property (in this case, F(X) equals the Banach algebra K(X) of the compact operators on X ([10], p. 119)). Thus, with respect to Proposition (2.7),
"If X
is
a
Banach
space
with
the bounded approximation
property then A = >V(X) has a quasibounded approximate identity, B = K(X) and
MulU(X)) = £{X)". Observe
that
this
result
cannot
be
attained
by
duality
techniques. It generalizes the cases X reflexive ([18]) and X = H,
Ha
Hilbert space ([17]) for which N(U) = {trace-class operators on H}. Finally, we note that the above Banach module case
imply more generally
ideas when applied
to the
that Hom(A;X) equals Hom(B;Y)
where A, B are as above and Y is the Hom(A;X)-completion of X. The Paley's theorem ([19]) may be viewed as an example of this: Hom(A;£a) = HOIIICLVH ;l2) = I2 (the question here is to find that the norm in Hom(A#;£ ) is the ^ -norm). If we associate the Paley's theorem to the results
of
[22] and
[14]
we
get
that
the
following
properties
are
equivalent: (i) HomtA*;^1) = £2; (ii) I2 = A#® c /k , where k = span {fg © x - g ® f x|f,g € A#, x € c > ; (111) £ = A^ ® c/k where 1 /y 0 0 2^ k = ker P and P T f ® x = V f -x , f € A* , x € c (here A* ® c is 2
the
^ ^ n
projective
n
tensor
nJ
^
n
product
n
n
of
n
A*
1
Hom(A#;£ )= (A#® c/k )' ([22], Th. 3.21);
*
and
n
O
c ):(i)
*
<=»
(ii)
0
because
(ii) «=* (iii) because A* has a
quasibounded approximate identity ([14], p. 5). In particular, the mapping f ® x € A* ® c
> f-x e I2 is surjective.
Candeal & Gale: A, and I^/H*
157
REFERENCES. [I] Bonsai1, [2] [3] [4] [5]
F.F. & Duncan, J. (1973). Complete Normed algebras, Spr i nger-Ver1ag. Bourgain J. (1984). New Banach space properties of the disc algebra and H°° , Acta Math. 152,1-48. Bourgain, J. (1984). Bilinear forms on H°° and bounded bianalytic functions, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 286 (1), 313-337. Bukhalov, A. V. & Danilevich, A. A. (1982). Boundary properties of analytic and harmonic functions with values in a Banach space, Math. Notes 31, 104-110. Candeal, J.C. (1988). Doctoral Dissertation, Zaragoza.
[6] Candeal, J.C. & Gale, J.E. On the existence of analytic semigroups bounded on the half-disc in some Banach algebras. (Preprint). [7] Diestel, J. & Uhl, J.J. (1977). Vector Measures. Mathematical Surveys 15, AMS. [8] Dowling, P.N. (1985). Representable operators and the analytic Radon-Nikodym property in Banach spaces, Proc. Royal Irish Acad. 85 143-150. [9] Esterle, J. (1983). Elements for a classification of commutative radical Banach algebras, Lecture Notes in Math. 975, Spr i nger-Ver1ag. [10] Esterle, J. (1984). Mittag-Leffler methods in the theory of Banach algebras and a new approach to Michael's problem, Contemporary Math. AMS vol. 32, 107-130. [II] Fernandez, J.L. A boundedness theorem for L /H , Preprint. [12] Hewitt, E. & Ross, K. A. (1970). Abstract Harmonic Analysis II, Spr i nger-Ver1ag. [13] Johnson, B.E. (1964). An introduction to the theory of centralizers, Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 14, 299-320. [14] Johnson, D.L. & Lahr, Ch. D. (1982). Weak approximate identities and multipliers, Studia Math. LXXIV, 1-15. [15] Kwapien, S. & Pelczynski, A. (1978). Remarks on absolutely summing translation invariant operators from the disc algebra and its dual into a Hilbert space, Michigan Math. J. 25 , 173-181. [16] Larsen, R. (1971). An Introduction to the Theory of Multipliers, Springer-Verlag. [17] Oshoby, E. 0. & Pym, J.S. (1981). Banach algebras whose duals are multiplier algebras, Bull. London Math. Soc. 13, 66-68. [18] Oshoby, E.0. & Pym, J.S. (1987). Banach algebras whose duals consist of multipliers, Math. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 102, 481-505. [19] Pelczynski, A. Banach Spaces of Analytic Functions and Absolutely Summing operators, Reg. Conf. Series in Math. 30, AMS, Providende, Rhode Island. [20] Porcelli, P. (1966). Linear Spaces of Analytic Functions, Rand. McNally. [21] Reiter, H. (1988). Classical Harmonic Analysis and Locally Compact Groups, Oxford Univ. Press. [22] Riefel, M. A. (1967). Induced Banach representations of Banach algebras and locally compact groups, J. Funct. Anal. 1, 443-491.
158
Candeal & Gale: A* and I^/
[23] Sinclair, A. (1982). Continuous Semigroups in Banach Algebras, London Math. Soc., Lecture Notes Series 63, Cambridge Univ. Press. [24] Taylor, A. E. (1950). Banach spaces of analytic functions in the unit circle I, Studia Math. XI, 146-170. [25] Tomiuk, B.J. (1981). Arens regularity and the algebra of double multipliers, Proc. AMS 81, 293-298. [26] Tomiuk, B.J. (1986). Isomorphisms of multiplier algebras, Glasgow Math. J. 28, 73-77. [27] Grosser, M. (1977). Bidualraume und Vervollstanddigungen von Banachmoduln, Lecture Notes in Math. 717 Springer-Verlag.
Acknowledgements. We would like to thank Professors G. R. Allan and J. Esterle for talks about subjects of this paper. This
research
number
has
0804-84
been and
supported the
by
the
Spanish
Secretaria
Internacionales de la Universidad de Zaragoza, Spain.
de
CAYCIT
Grant
Relaciones
ON FACTORIZATION OF OPERATORS M. Gonzalez Univ. of Santander, Spain V.M. Onieva Univ. of Zaragoza, Spain
Abstract. We present a construction method of operator ideals based on certain functions S from the class B of all Banach spaces into the class N of all normed spaces; examples of such functions have been considered in the literature. With additional assumptions on S and by applying the factorization of Davis-Figiel-Johnson-Pelczynski and another factorization technique dual in a sense of the above, we are able to prove the factorization property for such ideals; the well-known result about weakly compact operators is covered.
The
well-known
factorization
of
Davis-Figiel-Johnson-
Pelczynski [2], briefly DFJP factorization, shows how an operator in the class £ of all bounded £(E,X),
factors
corresponding moreover
Y
is
linear operators between Banach spaces, say Te
through a Banach space Y in such a way
product
T = jA
reflexive
if
the operator and
only
if
j T
that
is tauberian is
weakly
in the
injective;
compact.
This
construction has been used by many authors and systematically studied in [13],
[14]. In [4] the authors presented another factorization T = Uk
through a Banach space Z, dual in a sense of the above. In this paper we give characterizations, properties of Y and Z, for some operator
in terms
ideals defined
of
the
by means of
certain functions of B into N, analogous to the above characterization of weakly compact operators. We
shall
use
standard
notations
and
canonical
isometric
identifications; for example, sometimes we shall regard any Banach space E as the subset J E of E" being J
the canonical embedding of E into E"; we
also write J(E) instead of J E. Moreover for E,X<= B and Te £(E,X) we denote
H(E):=
EVE,
H(T) the operator
biconjugate T" of T in the way
in £(H(E) ,H(X))
induced
by
the
160
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators H(T): x" + E € H(E)
> T"x" + X € H(X),
T the injective operator associated with T, and q the quotient map from E onto E/N(T), so that T = Tq. Recall that T€ 2(E,X) is tauberian provided that (T")"1(X)cE; of course T"(E)c X, so actually T is tauberian if and only if we have (T")"1(X)= E, [9], [17], or equivalently H(T) injective. Then, T is said to be a cotauberian operator provided that H(T) has range dense in H(X). It is clear that T is cotauberian if and only if T' is tauberian. For informations and notations about operator ideals we refer to the classical reference work of A. Pietsch [15]. But we recall that with every operator ideal U there is associated the Banach space ideal Sp(U):= {Ee B11 € U} where I
is the identity map of E, and with every
Banach space ideal A there is associated the operator ideal 0p( A): ={Te<£|T factors through some E e A}; then we have A = Sp(Op(A)), but Op(Sp(U))c U. The factorization property for an operator ideal U means U = Op(Sp(U)). On the other hand WCo, WCC and UC will denote the operator ideals of all weakly
compact,
weakly
completely
continuous
and
convergent operators, respectively; and R, WSC and Nc
unconditionally
will be the Banach
space ideal of reflexive, weakly sequentially complete and with no copy of c
respectively. Next,
we
give
a
brief
description
of
the
tauberian
and
cotauberian factorizations of an operator. Let E and X be Banach spaces, T G £(E,X). For each n=l,2,... the gauge
|| • |
2nT(B )+2~nB
of the set
is a norm equivalent to | • |; 00
U
||x| 2 ii
-v 1/2
; l e t Y:={x€X,
ii n j
n= l
||x|||. Then (Y, || | • | ||) is a Banach space, the identity embedding j of Y into X is an injective tauberian operator such that A: = j T€ #(E,Y), and T=jA is the DFJP factorization or tauberian factorization of T. On the other hand, p (x): =2n|Tx|+2~njx| E equivalent to | • |, let E :=(E,p ). Consider
D:={(f ) c E ' | f =f , 11=1,2, . . . n
'
n
1
defines a norm in
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators
161
i: x € E
>(x,0,0, . . . ) € £ (E ), 2 n ) € t (E ) > (x )+°D € I (E )/°D.
P: (x n
2
n
The intermediate space of
n
the
2
cotauberian
n
factorization
of
T
is
Z:= I (E )/°D and k:= Pi e £(E,Z) is one of its factors; we have N(k) = 2 n = N(T), R(k) dense and k cotauberian [4]. The second factor u€ £{Z,X) is obtained as the continuous extension of Tk
where T = Tq and k = kq are
the canonical decompositions with q the quotient map q: E
> E/N(T). We
can write T = Uk, the cotauberian factorization of T, [4]. The
construction
of
the
intermediate
space
Y
of
the
tauberian factorization of an operator T € #(E,X) can be removed of the operational context replacing T(B ) by a bounded absolutely convex subset W of
X as
starting
points.
For
the cotauberian
factorization
it
is
possible as well starting with a continuous seminorm p in E and defining p (x):= 2np(x) + 2~n||x|, n
xeE.
" "
Now we present
the special
generate two operator ideals U
functions S of B
into N which
and U ; the study of properties of these s
ideals is our goal. 1. Definition. Let S be a function from the class B of all Banach spaces into the class N of all normed spaces. We shall say that S is an ideal function if the following conditions are satisfied: (1-1) J(E)c S(E)c E" for every E G B. (1-2) T"(S(E))c S(X) for every E,XG B and Te £(E,X).
Moreover, S is said to be closed if, in addition,
(1-3) S(E)€ B for every Ee B.
We shall say that S satisfies the subspace condition if (I-S)
i"(S(M))
=
S(E)n
M°° for
every
E€
B
and
subspace M of E (i is the inclusion map of M into E);
and S satisfies the quotient condition if
every
162
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators (I-Q) q"(S(E)) = S(E/M) for every E€ B and every subspace M of E (q is the quotient map q: E
Clearly J:E€ B
> J(E)€ B and ("): E<= B
> E/M).
> E"€ B are closed
ideal functions with the properties I-S and I-Q. Other
examples
of
ideal
in
E"
functions
are
defined
by
the
following subspaces of E":
DSC(E):
w -limits
of
weakly
unconditionally
Cauchy
series in E. * * B (E): w -limits in E" of w -Cauchy sequences in E. GS(E):= U {M°°| M separable subspace of E}.
B
is
closed
[11]
and
DSC
is
not
closed
[1], and
both
functions satisfy the subspace condition [12]; they do not satisfy the quotient
condition:
DSCU )
=
B {I )
=
J(£ )
because
I
is
weakly
sequentially complete, but J(c )*DSC(c )c B (c ). On the other hand GS is closed, and subspace
it satisfies the quotient condition:
of Ee B, q
the associated
quotient
in fact, let M be a
map, and
F a separable
subspace of E/M. Then F is isomorphic to Q/M for some subspace Q of E which contains M; as Q/M is separable, by [16; lemma 2] there exists a separable subspace V of Q such that V+M = Q, so qV = F, hence q"V
= F ,
and we infer q"(GS(E))=GS(E/M). The following simple result provides behaviour of general
ideal functions
information about
the
in relation with subspaces M and
quotients E/M of Ee B.
2. Proposition. Let S be any ideal function, E,M€ B, M subspace of E. Then: (i)
i"(S(M))c S(E)n M°°; q"(S(E))c S(E/M).
(ii)
If M is complemented,
i"(S(M)) = S(E)n M°°
and q"(S(E)) = S(E/M).
Proof, (i) It follows from property 1-2 of S; note that R(i")= M°°. (ii) As M is complemented in E, there exist Pe £(E/M) and Qe £(E/M,E) such that iP is projector onto M and Qq is projector onto N(iP) with
kernel
N(Qq) = M. Then i"P" and Q"q" are projectors onto M°° and N( iP)°°=E"/M00=
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators s(E/M)" respectively,
163
and by virtue of the property 1-2 of S applied to
P, Q we have S(E)n M°° = i"P"(S(E))n M°°)c i" q"(S(E))c S(E/M) = q"Q"(S(E/M))c
Next we shall associate two operator classes with an ideal
function. 3. Definition. Given an ideal function S, we define operator classes U s and U
by means of their components for E,Xe B in the following way: US(E,X):={T€ 2(E,X)|T"(S(E))c U (E,X):={T€ 2(E,X)|T"(E")c s
'
We collect now some elementary properties of IIs and U .
4. Proposition. Let S be an ideal function. The following statements hold: (i)
IIs and U
are operator ideals such that U s is injective and closed,
U is surjective and \f > U = WCo. s s (ii) If S closed, then U is closed and ifn U = WCo. s s (iii) Sp(Us)={E€ B|S(E)=J(E)}, Sp(U )={Ee B|S(E)=E"> and Sp(Us)nSp(U )=R. Proof, (i) Clearly if, U
are ideals and if- U =WCo.
Now, let T€ #(E,F) and ie £(F,X) an injection
such
that
iT€ Us, that is, i"T"(S(E))c J(X). Since i is tauberian [16;11.4.5], it follows that J(F)c i'^UtX)), so we have T"(S(E))c J(F) and then Te Us; thus U s is injective. Furthermore, if (T )c US(E,F) with ||T -T|| convergent to 0, we have T"f
>T"f€ J(F) for every f€ S(E); so T"(S(E))c J(F) and
n
T G if. On the other hand , if Te iS(F,X) and qe i?(E,F) is a surjection such that Tq € U , then T € U s
because R(T"q") = R(T")c S(X); thus U s
is s
surjective. (ii) It is clear that S closed implies U
closed, and in such
a case WCo = Usn U , [9]. s
(iii) It is obvious. Our next result is related with the intermediate spaces of the tauberian and cotauberian constructions; but we shall need two lemmas.
164
5.
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators
Lemma.
Let
S be a closed
ideal
function.
For every
sequence
(E ) of n
Banach spaces we have S U (E )) = I (S(E )). 2
Proof. As E
n
2
n
is complemented in I (E ) we have
m
2
n
(*) i"(S(E )) = S U (E ))n E" m
where
we identify
2
E" with
n
m
the subspace
{(fe £(E")|f=O
m
I (E"). If P 2
n
n
2
if n*m} of
n ' n
is the m-th coordinate projectionn of £ (E ), then P" is the
m
iv
m
2n
m-th coordinate projection of I (E"). By (*) we have (f )<= S U (E ))=» P"((f ))=f € E for every m =* n
2
n
m
n
m
m
=» (f )€ £ (S(E )), n
2
n
and
(f )e £ (S(E )=» (0, ... ,0,f ,0, ... )e S U (E )) for every m n
2
n
n
note
that
the fact
m 2 n
=> (f )€ S(£ (E ));
that
S is closed
2
has been
n
employed
in the last
implicat ion. The following proposition
is known
in the literature, and
gives a description of the injective or surjective closed envelope UinJ and \Tur of an operator ideal U.
6. Lemma. Let U be an operator ideal, E,Xe B and Te #(E,X). (a) T belongs to UlnJ
if and only if there are a Banach space H, an
operator V€ U(E,H), and a function g of (0,a>) into itself such that
||Vx||+e||x||t Vxe X, Ve>0 [7;20.7.3], [8;2.9]. (b) T belongs to \Tur if and only if there are a Banach space H, an operator Ve U(H,X) and a function g of (0,oo) ito itself such that
T(B )c g(e)V(B )+cB , VG>0, [8;2.9]. E
H
X
Next we are going to present the result mentioned above.
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators
165
7. Theorem. Let S be an ideal function, E,X<= B, W a bounded absolutely convex subset of X and p a continuous semi norm in E. (i) S(Y),
If S is closed and has the subspace property and W
is contained in
then the intermediate space Y of the tauberian construction belongs
to Sp(U ), that is, S(Y)=Y". (ii) If S has the quotient property and {xe E|p(x)^l}° is relatively cr(E\S(E))-compact, then the intermediate space Z
of
the cotauberian
s
construction belongs to Sp(U ), that is, S(Z) = J(Z). Proof, (i) Let j:Y j = P(p where
> X be the identity embedding; it is well known that > (j(y), j(y), . . . )e I (X ) is an isometry and P is the 2
n
first coordinate projection. Firstly we shall prove
(*) f€ Y" and j"fe S(X) implies fe S(Y).
For this, consider j"f = P>"fe S(X) (=S(X ) for every n ) ; as S U (X )) = n
= I (S(X )), we have
2
n
, )e I (S(X )) and
n
2
n
n
2
n
it follows that f€ S(Y) since
A(B£) = W. Since A"(B E ,,)C W°°C
c S(X), we have Ae Ug. Moreover j(By)c 2nA(B£)+ 2"nBx for every n. As Ug is surjective and closed, using lemma 6-(b) we conclude that j€ U , thus R(j")c S(X). Therefore Y"=S(Y), by (*). (ii) Consider
the
construction with dense range
cotauberian
operator
of
the
cotauberian
k€ #(E,Z), and let H be the completion of
(E/N(p),p). The operator T€ if(E,H) defined by means of T:xeE
> Tx: =
x+N(p)€ H, satisfies |Tx|=p(x) for every xe E, so ixe E| p(x)=T"1(BH) and then {xe E| p(x)° = T (BH> ) is relatively
In fact,
we
|kx| ^ 2n||Tx| + 2"n|x| for xeE and every n.
know
that
k = Pi
where
i: xeE
> (x0,0...)e
I (E ) and 2
n
166
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators
P:(x )€* (E ) n
Since
> (x )+°D€ I (E )/°D,
2
n
n
2
D the diagonal
subspace of
n
I (Ef ). 2
(-x,0,...,0,x,0,...)e °D and
the norm of
n
(0,...,0,x,0,0,...)
is
2n|Tx||+2~n|x||, we deduce (**) by definition of the quotient norm. Now, as U s is a closed injective ideal, from T€ U s and (**) we derive ke if by virtue of lemma 6-(a), that is, k"(S(E)()c J(Z). Therefore to complete the proof, it is enough to show that k"(S(E)) is dense in S(Z). To this end, note that k" = P"i" where i" is the embedding i":f€E"
>(f,0,0, . . . )€
£(E") 2
P": (f )(=£ (E")
>(f )+D°€
n 2 n
guarantees
P"
I (E")/D°;
n
that
and
is
the
quotient
mapping
n
the
quotient
property
2 n
of
S
FT*
P"(S(e(E )) =
S U (E )/D°)sS(Z).
Then,
given
g€
S(Z)
there exists (f )€ S U (E )) such that P"((f )) = (f ) + D° = g, and if P n
2
n
n
n
m
is the m-th coordinate projection of I (E ) we have P"((f ))=f € S(E )s 2
n
m
n
m
m
S(E) by v i r t u e of the property 1-2 of S. We now take f +. . .+f € S(E); by observing t h a t 1
m
g :=(-(f +...+f 1
2
g :=(0,-(f 2
g
) , f+...+f m
, 0 , 0 , . .. )
€
D°
m
+ .. . + f ) , f + .. . + f , 0 , 0 , . . . ) € D ° 3
m-1
2 m
3
m
: = ( 0 , 0 , . . . , - f , f , 0 , 0 , . .. ) € D ° , '
m
m
we have flkCf^..
,+fJ-gfl
= |(fi+...+fm,O,O,... )+gi+...+gm_i+D°-g| =
= I (f , . . . , f , 0 , 0 , . . . ) + D ° - g | = | | ( 0 , . . . , 0 , f 11
1
& H
m
* 1|1 ( 0
0,f
f m+1
"
,f m+1
, ...)+D°N m+2
"
....)!, m+2
"
and consequently lim ||k(f +...+f )-g|=0. Thus we conclude that k"(S(E)) is m
dense in S(Z). An important consequence of the above theorem states that with the same assumptions on S the ideals U , U s have the factorization property. 8. Theorem. Let S be an ideal function. (i) If S is closed and satisfies the subspace condition, U
has the
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators factorization property, that is U
167
- Op(Sp(U ).
(ii) If S satisfies the quotient condition, then if has the factorization property, that is if = Op(Sp(Us)). no
Proof, (i) First note that for Te L(E,X) we have T"(B ,,)=T(B ) B 0 0 = B „ is the
because
in E", and analogously T(B )°° is
E
^
E
the cr(X",X')-closure of T(B ) in X"; since T" is weak -continuous and B „ #
*•
QQ
weak -compact, the set T"(B „) is weak -compact. Because T"(B ,,)c T(B ) we can deduce that T"(B ,,)=T(B )°°. Now,
suppose
that
T<=
U ,
i.e.
R(T")
=
span(T"(B „))
s
E
span(T(B )°°) c S(X). By virtue of the above theorem with W: = T(B ), we conclude
that
therefore U
T
factors
through
Ye
Sp(U).
Thus
Uc
Op(Sp(U))
and
has the factorization property. (ii)
Suppose
that
T<=
U S (E,X),
i.e.
T"(S(E))c
J(X), and
consider the continuous seminorm p in E given by p(x): =||Tx|, X€E. Then {x€E| p(x)^l}° = T"1(Bx)° = V (Bx, ) is relatively cr(E', S(E))-compact and
by
the
above
theorem
T factors
through Z
in Sp(U s ).
Us
Thus
[6] =
s
Op(Sp(U )). In relation with the above theorem we note that conditions on the function S that do not guarantee
the
there are
factorization B
property of the operator ideal Us or U . For example, the ideals U =WCC and IT
= UC [6] do not have the factorization property since in [3] an
operator T € £{X ,c ) is given, where X
is a Banach lattice, such that T
€ WCC and T * Op(Nc Q ), hence T € WCC \ Op(WSC) and T € UC \ Op(NcQ) since WCCc UC and Op(WSC) is contained in
Op(NcQ).
Finally it is obvious that 8i and 8-ii cover the well-known result of factorization of weakly compact operators.
168
Gonzalez & Onieva: Factorization of operators REFERENCES
[I] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [II] [12] [13] [14]
Bourgain, J. (1980). Remarks on the double dual of a Banach space. Bull. Soc. Math. Belg. 31, 171-178. Davies, W.J.; Figiel, T. ; Johnson, W. B. & Pelczynski, A. (1974). Factoring weakly compact operators. J. Funct. Anal. 17, 311-327. Ghoussoub, N. & Johnson, W. B (1984). Counterexamples to several problems on the factorization of bounded linear operators. Proc. AMS 92, 233-238. Gomzalez, M. & Onieva,(1988). V. M. Duality and factorization of operator ideals. (Preprint). Heinrich, S. (1980). Closed operator ideals and iterpolation. J. Funct. Anal. 35, 397-411. Howard, J. & Melendez, K. (1977). Characterizating operators by their first and second adjoints. Bull. Inst. Math. Acad. Sinica 5 , 129-134. Jarchow, H. (1981). Locally convex spaces. B. G. Teubner. m Jarchow, H. (1986).Weakly compact operators on C(K) and C -algebras. Lectures given at L'Ecole d'Automne CIMPA Nice. Kalton, N. & Wilansky, A. (1976). Tauberian operators in Banach spaces. Proc. AMS 57, 251-255. Kothe, G. Topological vector spaces#II. Springer Verlag 1979. McWilliams, R. D. (1968). On the w -sequential closure of a Banach space in its second dual. Duke Math. J. 35, 369-373. Melendez,(1973). K. Sequential properties in Banach spaces. Doctoral Diss., Oklahoma St. Univ. Neidinger, (1984).R.D. Properties of tauberian operators on Banach spaces. Dotoral Diss., Univ. of Texas at Austin. Neidinger, R.D. (1984). Factoring operators through hereditarily-^ p
spaces. Springer Verlag, LNM 1166, 116-128. [15] Pietsch,(1980) A. Operator ideals. North-Holland. [16] Valdivia, M.(1977). On a class of Banach spaces. Studia Math. 60, 11-13. [17] Wilansky, A. (1978). Modern methods in topological vector spaces. McGraw Hill.
A.M.S. Classification (1980): 46B20, 47D30.
SOME PROPERTIES OF BANACH SPACES Z**/Z.
M. Valdivia Fac. de Matematicas, Burjasot (Valencia), Spain
A mi buen amigo Antonio Plans
Abstract. Let (X ) be a sequence of separable and reflexive n
infinite dimensional Banach spaces. It is proved in this paper that for every separable Banach space X there is a *# Banach space Z with the following properties: Z /Z is norm-isomorphic to X, Z has a monotone and shrinking Schauder decomposition (Zn ) such that Zn is isomorphic to Xn , * n=l,2,...; Z has a monotone and shrinking Schauder * decomposition (Y ) with Y isomorphic to X , n=l,2,...; n *** * * Z /Z is norm-isomorphic to X . Another results on #* weakly compactly generated Banach spaces of the kind Y /Y are also given. 1. NOTATIONS AND BASIC CONSTRUCTIONS. The vector spaces we shall use here are defined on the field K of the real or complex numbers. Let V be any vector space. If x=(x ) is n
a sequence
in V and r is a positive
integer, we denote by x[r] the
sequence (y ) of V such that x =y , n=l,2, . . . , r, n
n
n
y =0,
n=r+l,r+2, . . . , and
n
by x{r> the sequence (z ) of V with z =0, n*r and z =x . If A is a subset n
n
r
r
of V, L(A) is the linear hull of A. We denote by I the identity operator on V. # Banach space. We shall write X for its ** *** topological dual (accordingly, X and X will denote the topological * ** dual of X and X , respectively). As it is usual, we shall consider X as Let
• *
subspace of X
X
be
a
„
. For every subset Y of X, Y denotes its weak-star closure
170
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z **
in X
*
. If x belongs to X and u to X , then <x,u> means u(x). If A is an
absolutely convex and bounded subset of X, we set X. for the normed space on L(A) with norm the gauge of A; A
is the polar of A in X . We shall use * ** *** the same notations for the norms of X, X , X and X . If T is a
continuous projection on X and
|| • || is the norm on it,
||T|| denotes the
corresponding norm of T. A subset M of X is said to be hypercompact if there
is
a
sequence
(x )
in
X
with
absolutely
convex
closed
cover
n pn
containing M and such that the sequence (2 x ) converges to the origin n
for every positive integer p. We shall need after the following result that we have proved in Valdivia (1975): a) Let X and Y be
two Banach spaces of
infinite dimension with Y
weak-star separable. If A is an absolutely convex and hypercompact subset of X, there is an absolutely convex and hypercompact subset contains A such that
XM
M of X which
is norm-isomorphic to Y.
We denote by N the set of positive integers. A is the set of finite sequences of positive integers with an odd number of elements and strictly increasing, i.e., a member of A is (r ,r 1
r 2
), with r. in 2m+l
j
N, j=l,2,..,2m+l, and r
< r 1
< ... < r 2
2m+l
Let us f i x a vector space E. Let U > U 1
D
...
D
DU
2
.. .
n
be a sequence of absolutely convex subsets of E such that L(U ) is a n
reflexive Banach space with U
as closed unit ball. We denote by
n
Banach space and by
| • |
E
this n
its norm. Let
We denote by F the Banach space L(U) with unit ball U. Let |-| be the norm
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
171
of F. It is clear that lim
when x belongs to F. Let H be the vector space of all the sequences (x ) with n
x € E , n=l,2,... n
n
If x = (x ) is in H, we write
-x I2 +|x
|x| = sup I f Y |x II
II
* |
L ' r I I
r 2j-l
'r 2j
I2 I :(r,
' r 2>1
'r 2m+l
1 2m+l]
G := {x € H: ||x|| < » } It is obvious that
| • | is a norm on G. In what follows we suppose G
endowed with this norm. It is not difficult to prove that G is a Banach space. Proposition 1. If x = (x ) belongs to G, there exists an element n
x in O
F such that lim |x - x I =0 1 n
n
0 'n
Proof. Let us suppose that for some 5 > 0 and some sequence of integers 0
2
we have - x
x i
r
2J-1
I
> 5
, j = 1,2,
r 'r 2J 2J-1
Given a positive integer m, it follows that
M 2 > [l* P j.i
- *p I2 > 2J
-J
2J
172
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
and so ||x| = oo which is a contradiction. Therefore, for every e > 0 there is an integer n
(1)
such that
Ix - x I < e 1
n
when m > n > n .
m'n
0
As a consequence, (x ) is a Cauchy sequence in E , r = n
r
converges to some element x
1,2,..., and so it
in E ,, r = 1,2,... Obviously, x
belongs to
00 00
n E l
and it follows from (1) that
r
(2)
|x - x I ^ e , 1 n o'n
Let us suppose that x that x
n > n. o
is not in F. If h is some number h > |x|| we know
does not belong to 2 h U and there is a positive integer s such
that
x * 2 h U , |x - x I < h o
after
the
s
inequality
2 h < |x
' s
(2).
I
s
'O's
o's
Then
|x
- x I O's
' s
+ | x | ' s 's
z h + II x I < 2 h " "
which is a contradiction and the proof is finished. We write L to denote the subspace of G formed by all the sequences (x ) such that
lim
x 1
=0. n'n
Let M be the subspace of G with elements (x ) verifying
x 1
=x 2
=...=x
Note 1. If we take E = K and
=... n
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
173
U = {x € K: |x| * 1 }, n=l,2,... in the former construction, the space L obtained is nothing else that the space J of R.C. James (1950); see also Singer (1970), p. 273-178). Proposition 2. Iffiis the mapping from
* x o =( V x o
V---).
thenfiis a norm-isomorphism from
x
F into M defined by
o e F'
F onto M.
Proof. It is immediate that fi is linear, one to one and onto. If x belongs to F and we write x = x , n = 1,2, . . . , it follows that n o
f\ Y Ix L • r ^
:
_
2j-l
I ^
2j
+
2j-l
Ix ' r
2m+l
I'r2 1J
2m+l-'
(r , r , . . . , r ) € A > = 1 2 2m+l J
= s u p ( | x | ^
- xr I'r2
'
o'r
: r 2m+l
2m+l
€ N I = l i m Ix I = | x 1 I ' O ' n ' I J
o
n
q. e. d. Proposition 3. G is the topological direct sum of L and M. Proof. M is closed in G because it is norm-isomorphic to F. It is not difficult to show that L also is closed in G and M n L = {0}. On the other hand, if x=(x ) belongs to G, by Proposition 1, we can find a vector x in n
0
F such t h a t lim
Let
1
x - x n
= 0. O'n
y = ( y ) , z = ( z ) , b e defined n
n
b y y =
x n
-
x n
, O
z
= n
x
, n = l , 2 , . . .
O
Then y € L,
z € M, x = y + z .
q e d
174
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
Proposition 4. We have ||I - T|| s 1, | T | < 1. Proof. Let us take any element x = (x ) in G. Let x n
be the point in F
0
such t h a t x
lim
1
- x n
=0.
O'n
We w r i t e y = ( y ) , z = ( z ) , w i t h y n
= x
n
- x
n
, z
n
O
= x n
, n = 1,2, O
Then, if we apply Proposition 2, we obtain:
|(I - T) x|| = | z | = | x j . Given any c > 0, we can find a positive integer s such that |x I < | x | 1
0'
+ e , |x
' O ' s
- x |
' s
< e.
O's
Then
- T ) x | = | x I ^ | x - x I + | x I + e ^ | x I + 2e ^ ii
i o'
' 0
s 's
' s 's
' s 's
and thus - T || ^ 1. Given any e > 0, we can find
integer n 2r+2
>n
(n ,n ,...,n
) in A and
such that
2r+l
l|Tx| = | y | <
r " [ |y B *• _
2j-l
- y n |2n 2j
+
2j-l
|y B 2r + l
fn
11/2 +
2r + lJ
\
1
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
175
Then
I \y 2j-l - y2j I2j-l + |y 2r + l I2r + l
1/2
+ 1 4
J
e
j=l ,1/2
<
LV
2
ly |y
2
| + ly | n 2j-l - yyn2j>n ' n2r + l- Yy n2r+2 'n J 2j-l 2r+l-'
r
+
1/2
1/
x
~x
iL^n
nn^ +
|yn
from where it follows that
n +
ln 2r+2
~x
c
g
n s
»x»
n +
c
•
2r+2
IITil ^ 1. 11
"
q.e.d.
Let us write for every positive integer m:
Lm : =
L
x {m} : x € G
J
It is immediate that L
.
is norm-isomorphic to E m
and that the linear hull m
of
U I L : m = 1,2,... is dense in L.
Proposition 5.
(L ) is a Schauder decomposition of
L
which is shrinking
n
and monotone. Proof. Let (xj) be an element of L , j = 1,2, ... ,p+l,...,p+q. We put n
j p
u :
p+q
J (xj), v : = V (xj). Lt
n
Lt
n
176
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
Then |v[p
and therefore, (L ) is a monotone Schauder decomposition of L. To show now n
that (L ) is shrinking we shall apply an analogous method to that used in n
James (1950).
Let us suppose that
(L ) is not shrinking. From [Singer n * (1981), pp. 524-525] we know the existence of f in L , an e > 0, a sequence of positive integers = n
and xj
2
= (xj) € L , j = n J
1,2,...
such t h a t when we w r i t e
•r 1
we have ||z q || -
1, f ( z q ) * c, q = 1 , 2 . . .
Let (y ) be the element of H defined by n
y n
= - x n , n ^ q n q
We take (r ,r ,...,r 1
2
n
<
n , q = 1,2,... q+1
) in A and fix a positive integer h. If there is a 2m+l
smallest positive integer p and a greatest integer q such that n
^ r h
2p-l
< r 2q
< n h+l
177
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z it follows that
I
2 yr
j=p
=1 r
- yr 2J-1
2j
h2
r
L2
L J=P
2J-1
h2
On the other hand, if given a positive integer j, with 1 < j < m, there are two positive integers h
n ^ r h
1
< h
such that
, n h +1 1
2j-l
^ r h
< n h +1 2
2j
2
it follows that
1 h r
2J-1 _ X
1
r
1 h
2j-l
2J X
2
r
2j
2j
2J-1
2J-1 2j-l
and
2
therefore
2j
- +1
^
r P
2m+l
2m+l
n=l
n
from where (y ) belongs to G. Moreover n
11. |yj n = 0 n
and (y ) even belongs to L. Let us finally observe that
n=l
178
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
q=l
q=l
which is the contradiction we are looking for.
q. e. d.
Let A be the closed unit ball of G and B: = A r\ L. We denote * by S the subspace of L which is orthogonal to the linear hull of m
U {L : n*m , n € N } n
Then (S ) is a Schauder decomposition of L . Given any element u of L , we m
have
u=
Y L,
u
»
n
u
€ S , n = 1,2,... n
n
For every positive integer n we can identify u with the element 0 (u ) in #
E
n
n
n
such that n U ( X ) = I/J (U )(X ) n n n n
for any x = (x ) in L . Let us write n
n
0(u) = (0 (U ) ) n
So we can consider
n
the elements of L
as sequences v = (v ) defined n
through the mapping \p with 00
v e E n n
*
, n = l , 2
v(y) =
Then, for every positive integer m,
r1 ) < y , v > , y = ( y ) € L . L n n n n=l
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
179
* S
= { v € L :
m
v = v{m}>
Let us now take
y = (y ) € G, v = (v ) € L . n
n
If we bear in mind that y[m] belongs to L, m = 1,2,..., and that the Schauder decomposition (L ) of L is monotone it follows that
flvfl < and so
** which allows us to look at the elements of G as vectors in L and A is contained in B too. ** * Let us fix any element
write ), n = 1,2, ... n
Since S
n
is reflexive it follows that
n
n
n
and so X = (
an element of H. Obviously
= ) L
<
. n n
n=l
Let
us take any element
(r ,r , . . . . ,r 1
greater than r 2m+l
2
) in A. Let h be an integer
2m+l
. Then, since A[h] belongs to L:
180
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z m r
2j-l
r
2j P2j-1
P
2m+1 P2m+1
j=l *
We find an element w = ( w ) in L , |w|| = l such that
|| = |A[h]|.
Using that (S ) is a monotone Schauder decomposition we can see that
and from (3) we see that A belongs to G and
INI s HIThus, if we identify
3: = I u € L : <x,u>=0 : x € M I . ** Proposition 6. M is the subspace of
L
which is orthogonal to S.
Proof. Let
yc = (y;) : c € c , £
be a net
in M which converges to y =
(y ) in L
for the weak-star
n
topology. Suppose that there exist two positive integers h < k such that y h
* y . Then, for some w in E k
h
* .
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
181
Let u = (u ) be the element of S such that u = -u = w and u = 0 for n
h
k
n
every positive integer n different from h and k. We have 0 * = == lim i : c € C, £ i = 0 Which is a contradiction.
, q. e. d.
Proposition 7. If we identify every element of L with its restriction on S then S* = L. Proof. The mapping <; that assignes to every x in L its restriction on S obviously is linear and one to one. On the other hand if z belongs to S ** an application of the Hahn-Banach theorem gives us an element y in L such that y restricted to S is nothing else that z. We have 1
y = y
2 +
y
1
,y ^
. L,
2
w
y €
M.
Then CCy1) = L. Therefore
is a bijection. We can identify L with S through the mapping <;. To finish we see how B is c(L,S)-closed. We take any element x = (x ) in L which is n
in the polar set of B n S c
in L. Let
= ( # : c . C,
be a net in B such that for every v in S we have
lim J <x°,v> : c € C, £ L = <x,v>. ** The net (4) has a cluster point y = (y ) in L for the weak-star topology
182
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
such that y belongs to A = B. Then, according to Proposition 4,
IMI * i and therefore Ty belongs to B. Ty and x coincide on S and so Ty = x. q. e. d. Given a positive integer n, let I be the topology on U which is the restriction of the weak topology on E . Since
that
space is
n
reflexive I does not depend on the positive integer n. Let us denote by P the vector space of all linear forms on F whose restriction to U is X-continuous. If W is the polar set of U in P and we suppose that P is endowed with the norm given by the gauge of W, then P is a Banach space and its dual can be identified in the obvious way with F. # Proposition 8. L /S is norm-isomorphic to P. Proof. We apply Proposition 2 and obtain that /3 transforms U i n B n M . It is not difficult to see that 0: F[cr(F,P)]
>M[
* is an isomorphism and so the mapping from L /S onto P adjoint of ^ is a norm-isomorphism.
, q.e.d.
K
Let
f be the set of all increasing
finite-sequences of
positive integers with two terms at least, i.e., (r ,r ,...,r 1
) belongs
m+1
2
to T if r is in N, j=l,2,...,m+1, m £ 1 and r
m+1
2
For every x = (x ) in L, we write n m
| :•: | | = - i - sup ( f J |x - x | 2 + | x - x i i ii V2
^
L
L ' r j j=l
r 'r j+1 j
' r 1
1
|
r 'r m+1 1J
2
]
2
:
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
:(
183
v-2 ^
sr
}-
It can be proved thatfl| • | | is a norm on L, which is equivalent to || • ||. (L ) is a monotone Schauder decomposition of (L, II I • I | ) . We set
D := | x € L : | | x | || * 1 } . Note 2. If E = K and
n = 1,2,
then y/2 II I • I II is the norm used in James (1951) to show that (J, \/2|| I • I II) II I
I II
N I
I I'
is norm-isomprohic to (J, V2 || | • | | ) . «* Proposition 9. If x = (x ) belongs to L , then n
I M l =llm III * [ r ] IIIr
Proof. It is enough to prove the case |||x|| = 1 . Let us fix a positive integer j. Since
D ° n (S + S + . . .+ S ) 1
2
j *
is a weakly compact subset of L
there is an element y
j
j n
= (y ) in D such
that
| <x - yJ, u> | < i , u € D° n (S + S
+ ... +S.).
As the linear hull of
U | D° n (Sa + S 2 + ...
Sj) : j = 1,2,... j
184
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z *
i
is dense in L , it follows that (y ) converges to x for the weak-star ** , topology of L . For every positive integer n, (y ) converges to x in E . n
Consequently,
the
(yJ[r]) converges
sequence
n
to x[r]
in L for
n
every
n
fixed positive integer r. Therefore ||x[r]||| s 1. The sequence
(||x[r]||) is increasing and has a limit a less than, or
equal to one. On the other hand, (x[r]) belongs to aD and converges to x in the weak-star topology of L
, so x belongs to <xD and a = 1 because
1 I x I II = 1 . 111111
q. e. d.
Proposition 10.
D
is
o-(L, S)-closed.
Proof. roof. Given the positive integers pp < q and the vector u of E denote by u(p,q) the vector (v ) of L
v
= - v p
q
= u, v
such that
= 0 if n * p
and n * q.
n
Let us denote
A(p,q) = "I u(p,q) : u € E
B
, |u| 5 1
and
:= U | A(p,q): p+q < j+1 j , j = 1,2
Take a vector x = (x_) in the o-(L,S)-closure of D. For every positive integer j, B. B is weakly compact in S and we can find an element yJ = (yJ) j
n
in D such that
|<x-yj, w>| < - , w 6 B. , J J since D is a convex set. Given e > 0, we find an element (r ,r ,...,r 1
in T such that
2
) m+l
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
185
Let us take an integer
Jo > ^ • Jo < £ We
find u
€ E j
,
r.
lu I
= 1 ,j = l , 2 , . . . , m ,
' j'r
#
u
€ E
m+1
,
r
with
X - X
I
r
= < X - X
1
ir
r
j
j+l
x - x r
1
r
r
'r m+1 1
, U > , J=l',2, . . . ,m,
j
r
j
j
J+l
= < x - x r 1
r m+1
, u
m+1
>
Therefore,
|x i
^
- x
I
= |<x - x
r ' r
r
' r
|<x-y , u ( r r
-( y
r
- y
r
)>| •
|y
- y
j
j+l
J+i
j
Analogously,
r
r 1
r m+1
iST 1
y
KK
r 1
r m+1
j
|
j
0
), u
r
1
j
|u1 = 1 , ' m+1 ' r
186
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
Then
^ ( U ^ • iyP; - yr;jrj u
J
+
m+l
J
, y °° .y y °° | |y
y
r
r
'r m+1
1
1
So it follows that ||x|| s i .
d
Proposition 11. Ve have
||I - T | | =* 1 , |j | T | || ^ 1. Proof.
** || | T | || is less than or equal to one because (L
, || | • | |) is the ** third conjugate of (S,||-||). Let us now take an element x = (x ) in L If
z = (z ) : = (I - T)x, with z = x n
n
, n = 1,2,
0
we know after Proposition 1 that
lim |x - x | = 0 1
n
0 'n
and so
lim
x 1
n'n
= lim x ' O'n
=
x . '0'
Given a positive integer r, we set x[r] = (y ). Then, since (r, r+1)
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
187
belongs to F, we have
=
ixr i r
and therefore, bearing in mind Proposition 9,
l*ol =lim l* r l P On t h e o t h e r
hand,
|| | C X - T ) x | || = l i m | | | z [ r ] | | r Thus
|| 1 ( 1 - T ) x | || *
|| I x l | .
n i
ii i
i ii
Proposition 12. (L , |||-|||)/S
= lim r
i n
q.
|z
|
e.
d.
is norm-isomorphic
=
|x
|.
to P.
Proof. If we realize that |3 transforms U in D n M the proof is the same that in Proposition 8.
, q.e.d.
r
Proposition 13. If norm-isomorphic to
U = U **
= ... = U = . . .
then
(L*, | | • | |)
, | | • | ||). # ## Proof. Let £ be the mapping from L into L such that , if x = (xn ) # belongs to L then £(x) = y = (y ) with
y
=x n
(L
-x n+1
,n=l,2,... n
Obviously, £ is a linear bijection. Given (r ,r ,...,r 1
I | y r - yr J
I*+ | y r - y r j+l
j
1
) in f , we have m+1
2
I" = [ \*r + m+l
1
j
is
188
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z + 1|x
r +1 l
I2 +1 ' r +1 m+i l
- x
r
* I|M| | x | | 2 ' "
and therefore (5)
On the other hand, if r > 1 we have m
y |x - x .L= 1
|2
' rJ
|2
|x - x
+
'r
'r r j+l J
r
1
'r m+1 1
m j
j
j+l
1
and for r =1, we take integers r and r 6
1
r
1
m+l
such that
m+2
-1 ,
m+2
write y[r] = (z ) and compute
Ix 1A
E
r
j
= Y L = 2
r
j+l
'r
^
y
|tX
A
' r
j
+ r
j
j+l
A
1
V
r 'r m+l 1
x - x ' r
'r +1 j
- y
r -1 j
I2
+ Ix - x
- x r
j=2
.
A
x 1
I2
- x
1
+ -l'r-1 j+l j
+
2
r 'r
y
l < y
x - x ' r
1
1
r 'r m+l 1
+ y r-l'r 2 1
=
'^r
-1 ' 1 m+l
m
= Ly 'i zr
-1 j
-
i 2 -1
zr
- l ' r j+l
+
-
i' zr
-1
m+l
j
j=2
m+2
2
2
i2
- l ' r
r
m+2
-1
m+l
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z It follows
now from
189
( 5 ) , (6) and (7) that
!l«(x)ll = I N I -
q.e.d.
Let us write for any positive integer m
M :=<|x=(x)€L:x n (^ n
Let 7) be the mapping from M m
= x[m] , x
into L
m
1
= x 2
= ... = x
>. m j
defined by 7) (X) = x{m> if x=(x )
m
m
n
belongs to M . We have that m
m
mm
and
7) : (L m
, |||- |||)
m
> (M ,
"' ' "
n
are norm-isomorphisms.
Proposition 14. (M ) is a Schauder decomposition of L which is monotone in (L • N >
*"<*
(L, n ||-||).
Proof. The linear hull of
U | M^ : n = 1,2,... j is obviously dense in L. Let
xJ = (xJ) € M
If we write
, j = 1,2, . . . ,p,p+l, . . . ,p+q.
190
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
y = (y ) = Y x J , z = (z ) = V x J , Lt j=l
n
n
Lt J=l
then w e have P
= V x j , n = 1,2, . . . , p , y
y n
Lt n j=n
= 0 , n = p+l,p+2, . . . n
p +q
= V x j , n = 1,2,..., p,p+l,...p+q, z =0, n= p+q+l,p+q+2,..
z n
So,
Lt n j=n
n
it follows that
H
* ||v»,
||u|| * ||v|||
and thus, M is a monotone Schauder decomposition in (L, | • |) and (L, |||-|||). q. e. d. If
m i s any positive
T
:=
m
^
integer,
u = (u ) 6 L n
we w r i t e
: u = u{m}+u{m+l},u
m
= - u
\ . m+1 J
*
It is easy to see that T is the subspace of L which is orthogonal to m
U I M^ : n = 1,2, . . . ,m-l,m+l, . . . j and that the closed linear hull of
in L coincides with S. Therefore,
(T ) is a monotone Schauder n
decomposition of (S, | • |) and (S, | | | - | | ) .
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z Each one of norm-isomorphic
to L
(S^
|| • ||)
, n =
,
191
CT^, || - | | ) ,
(Sn, | | | - | | )
and
(Tn, | | • | |)
is
1,2,...
2. BANACH SPACES Z**/Z. Following
the
research
initiated
in
James
(1960),
Lindenstrauss (1971) shows that when X is a separable Banach space, there ** * is a Banach space Z such that Z
/Z is i somorph ic to X and Z
has a
shrinking Schauder basis. Davis et al. (1974) prove that when X is a weakly compactly generated Banach space there is a Banach space Z such ** * that Z /Z is isomorphic to X and Z has a Schauder decomposition (Y ) n
where
Y
is
isomorphic
to
a
certain
reflexive
Banach
space
with
n
unconditional basis. We prove now results related with the former ones using norm-isomorphism instead of isomorphism. Theorem 1. Let X be a separable space. Let
(X )
be a sequence of
n
infinite dimensional, separable and reflexive Banach spaces.
Then there
is a Banach space Z with the following properties: 1) Z
/Z is norm-isomorphic to X.
2) Z has a Schauder decomposition (Z ) which is monotone and n
shrinking with Zn isomorphic to X * , n =1,2,... p shrinking with Ynn isomorphic to ^ Xnn , n = 1,2,... # 1 *** 1 3) decomposition (Y ) which and 4) ZIf hasZ a Schauder is the subspace orthogonal to Z is in monotone Z , the n *** i projection of Z onto Z has norm one. 5) Z
/Z
is norm-isomorphic to
X .
Proof. Let us take an infinite dimensional separable Banach space Y and denote by V its unit ball. We find a sequence (y ) in Y with dense linear n
hull and such that (2 pn y ) converges to the origin for every positive n
integer p. We can sucessively apply result a) to obtain an increasing sequence (P ) of hyperprecompact subsets of Y such that
192 and
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z X P n
is
norm-isomorphic
algebraic dual of Y. Let V
to
X n
,
n
=
1,2,...
be the polar set of P n
We
denote
by
E
the
in E, n = 1,2,... Let n
V be the polar set of V in E. Let us suppose that L(V ) is endowed with the norm of unit ball V . o If X is infinite dimensional, we take Y = X and denote by U the set V . If X has finite dimension, we take in L(V ) an absolutely convex and compact subset U such that L(V )
is norm-isomorphic to X.
Let us write U
n
:=U + - V , n = n n
1,2, . . .
Then, the spaces L , M and T constructed in the former section are n * *V n isomorphic to X , X and X respectively, n = 1,2,... and n n n
u = n un. n=l
We take Z as the space S constructed there. Then 1), 2) 3) and 4) follow from propositions 8, 14, 5 and 4, respectively. Result 5) follows from 4) q. e. d. Theorem 2. Let X be a weakly compactly generated Banach space. Then there exist a reflexive Banach space Q with unconditional basis and a Banach space Z verifying the following properties: ** 1) Z /Z is norm-isomorphic to X. 2) Z has a Schauder decomposition (Z ), which is monotone and n
shrinking with Z
isomorphic to
Q, n = 1,2,...
n *
3) Z
has a Schauder decomposition
and shrinking with 1
4) If
Y
isomorphic to
(Y ), which is monotone *n Q , n = 1,2,...
n
***
is the orthogonal subspace of Z in Z ### j_ * projection of Z onto Z along Z has norm one. *** * * 5) Z /Z is norm-isomorphic to X .
Proof.
After
the
Z
former
theorem
we
can
reduce
ourselves
, the
to
the
nonseparable case. Let V be the closed unit ball of X. We can find an
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z
193
absolutely convex and weakly compact W of X such that X,, is reflexive with unconditional
basis and dense
in X
, [1]. Let
Q
be
a
Banach
space
isomorphic to X . We set E to denote the algebraic dual of X; U and W
are
the polar sets of V and W in E, respectively. Let us write
U:=U+-W
n
no
, n = 1,2, . . .
The proof finishes as in the former theorem. *
, q.e.d.
Theorem 3. If X is a nonzero reflexive Banach space, there is a Banach space
Z
with the following properties: ** 1) Z /Z is norm-isomorphic to X. 2) There is a monotone and shrinking Schauder decomposition (Z ) in Z such that Z n
is norm-isomorphic to X, n = 1,2,...
n
3) There is a monotone and shrinking Schauder decomposition * * (Y ) in Z such that Y is norm-isomorphic to X , n =1,2,... n
n
j_
4) If
Z
**#
is the orthogonal subspace of ***
Z in Z
, the
*
j_
projection of Z onto Z along Z has norm one. *** * * 5) Z /Z is norm-isomorphic to X . *** * 6) Z is norm-isomorphism to Z . Proof. Let V be the closed unit ball of X. We set U for the polar set of V in X*. We take E = X* , U (M ,
II' If) and
norm-isomorphic (S,
(T , to
X
|||-|||) constructed
= U, n = 1,2,... Then, the spaces (L , || | • | ||),
| | • | |) constructed , X
in
the
former
section
and X, respectively. We take Z as the space
there.
Then
1), 2)
3)
and
4)
follow
from
proposition 12, 14 , 5 and 11, respectively. Property 5) follows from 4) , and 6) is obtained from Proposition 11. K
, q.e.d.
are
194
Valdivia: Banach spaces Z**/Z BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Davis, W. J. ; Figiel, T. ; Johnson, W. B. & Pelczynski, A. (1974). Factoring weakly compact operators, J. Funct. Anal. 17. 311-327. James, R. C. (1950). Bases and reflexivity of Banach spaces, Ann. of Math. 52, 518-527. James, R. C. (1951). A non-reflexive Banach space isometric with its second conjugate, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. (U.S.A.) 37, 174-177. James, R.C. (1960). Separable conjugate spaces, Pacific J. Math. 10, 563-571. Lindenstrauss, J. (1971). On James' paper "separable conjugate spaces", Israel J. Math. 9, 279-284. Singer, I. (1970). Bases in Banach spaces I. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, Springer. Singer, I. (1981). Bases in Banach spaces II. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, Springer. Valdivia, M. (1975). A class of precompact sets in Banach spaces, J. Reine Angew Math. 276, 130-135.